ld: Reformat CTF errors into warnings.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / ld / ldlang.c
1 /* Linker command language support.
2 Copyright (C) 1991-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
5
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
10
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
20
21 #include "sysdep.h"
22 #include <limits.h>
23 #include "bfd.h"
24 #include "libiberty.h"
25 #include "filenames.h"
26 #include "safe-ctype.h"
27 #include "obstack.h"
28 #include "bfdlink.h"
29 #include "ctf-api.h"
30
31 #include "ld.h"
32 #include "ldmain.h"
33 #include "ldexp.h"
34 #include "ldlang.h"
35 #include <ldgram.h>
36 #include "ldlex.h"
37 #include "ldmisc.h"
38 #include "ldctor.h"
39 #include "ldfile.h"
40 #include "ldemul.h"
41 #include "fnmatch.h"
42 #include "demangle.h"
43 #include "hashtab.h"
44 #include "elf-bfd.h"
45 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
46 #include "plugin.h"
47 #endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
48
49 #ifndef offsetof
50 #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
51 #endif
52
53 /* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
54 For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
55 of two, so we can use shifts. */
56 #define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
57 #define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
58
59 /* Local variables. */
60 static struct obstack stat_obstack;
61 static struct obstack map_obstack;
62
63 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
64 #define obstack_chunk_free free
65 static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
66 static bfd_boolean map_head_is_link_order = FALSE;
67 static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
68 static bfd_boolean map_option_f;
69 static bfd_vma print_dot;
70 static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
71 static const char *current_target;
72 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to any files involved in the
73 link, either specified from the command-line or added implicitely (eg.
74 archive member used to resolved undefined symbol, wildcard statement from
75 linker script, etc.). Next pointer is in next field of a
76 lang_statement_header_type (reached via header field in a
77 lang_statement_union). */
78 static lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
79 static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
80 static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
81 static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
82 static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head;
83 static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
84
85 /* Forward declarations. */
86 static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
87 static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
88 static void insert_undefined (const char *);
89 static bfd_boolean sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
90 static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
91 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
92 static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
93 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
94 static void print_statements (void);
95 static void print_input_section (asection *, bfd_boolean);
96 static bfd_boolean lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
97 static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
98 static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
99 static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
100 (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
101 static void lang_do_memory_regions (void);
102
103 /* Exported variables. */
104 const char *output_target;
105 lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
106 lang_statement_list_type lang_os_list;
107 lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
108 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files used in the final
109 executable. This can be either object file specified on the command-line
110 or library member resolving an undefined reference. Next pointer is in next
111 field of a lang_input_statement_type (reached via input_statement field in a
112 lang_statement_union). */
113 lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
114 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files specified on the
115 command-line for linking. It thus contains real object files and archive
116 but not archive members. Next pointer is in next_real_file field of a
117 lang_input_statement_type statement (reached via input_statement field in a
118 lang_statement_union). */
119 lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
120 static const char *current_input_file;
121 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list **current_dynamic_list_p;
122 struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
123 const char *entry_section = ".text";
124 struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
125 bfd_boolean entry_from_cmdline;
126 bfd_boolean lang_has_input_file = FALSE;
127 bfd_boolean had_output_filename = FALSE;
128 bfd_boolean lang_float_flag = FALSE;
129 bfd_boolean delete_output_file_on_failure = FALSE;
130 struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
131 struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
132 struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail;
133 #ifdef ENABLE_LIBCTF
134 static ctf_file_t *ctf_output;
135 #endif
136
137 /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
138 DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal. */
139 int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
140
141 /* Count times through one_lang_size_sections_pass after mark phase. */
142 static int lang_sizing_iteration = 0;
143
144 /* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
145 Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
146 wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
147 be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
148 That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally. */
149 #define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
150
151 #define new_stat(x, y) \
152 (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
153
154 #define outside_section_address(q) \
155 ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
156
157 #define outside_symbol_address(q) \
158 ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
159
160 /* CTF sections smaller than this are not compressed: compression of
161 dictionaries this small doesn't gain much, and this lets consumers mmap the
162 sections directly out of the ELF file and use them with no decompression
163 overhead if they want to. */
164 #define CTF_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD 4096
165
166 void *
167 stat_alloc (size_t size)
168 {
169 return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
170 }
171
172 static int
173 name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
174 {
175 if (wildcardp (pattern))
176 return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
177 return strcmp (pattern, name);
178 }
179
180 static char *
181 ldirname (const char *name)
182 {
183 const char *base = lbasename (name);
184 char *dirname;
185
186 while (base > name && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (base[-1]))
187 --base;
188 if (base == name)
189 return strdup (".");
190 dirname = strdup (name);
191 dirname[base - name] = '\0';
192 return dirname;
193 }
194
195 /* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
196 separator. If not, return NULL. */
197
198 static char *
199 archive_path (const char *pattern)
200 {
201 char *p = NULL;
202
203 if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
204 return p;
205
206 p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
207 #ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
208 if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
209 return p;
210
211 /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
212 as in "c:\silly.dos". */
213 if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
214 p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
215 #endif
216 return p;
217 }
218
219 /* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
220 return whether F matches FILE_SPEC. */
221
222 static bfd_boolean
223 input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
224 lang_input_statement_type *f)
225 {
226 bfd_boolean match = FALSE;
227
228 if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
229 || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
230 && ((sep != file_spec)
231 == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
232 {
233 match = TRUE;
234
235 if (sep != file_spec)
236 {
237 const char *aname = bfd_get_filename (f->the_bfd->my_archive);
238 *sep = 0;
239 match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
240 *sep = link_info.path_separator;
241 }
242 }
243 return match;
244 }
245
246 static bfd_boolean
247 unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
248 const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
249 {
250 struct unique_sections *unam;
251 const char *secnam;
252
253 if (!link_info.resolve_section_groups
254 && sec->owner != NULL
255 && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
256 return !(os != NULL
257 && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
258
259 secnam = sec->name;
260 for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
261 if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
262 return TRUE;
263
264 return FALSE;
265 }
266
267 /* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections. */
268
269 /* Return true if FILE matches a pattern in EXCLUDE_LIST, otherwise return
270 false. */
271
272 static bfd_boolean
273 walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (struct name_list *exclude_list,
274 lang_input_statement_type *file)
275 {
276 struct name_list *list_tmp;
277
278 for (list_tmp = exclude_list;
279 list_tmp;
280 list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
281 {
282 char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
283
284 if (p != NULL)
285 {
286 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
287 return TRUE;
288 }
289
290 else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
291 return TRUE;
292
293 /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage? Matching
294 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
295 been superceded by the archive:path syntax. */
296 else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
297 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
298 && name_match (list_tmp->name,
299 bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive)) == 0)
300 return TRUE;
301 }
302
303 return FALSE;
304 }
305
306 /* Try processing a section against a wildcard. This just calls
307 the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
308 and excludes the file. It's hardly ever present so this
309 function is very fast. */
310
311 static void
312 walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
313 lang_input_statement_type *file,
314 asection *s,
315 struct wildcard_list *sec,
316 callback_t callback,
317 void *data)
318 {
319 /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded. */
320 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (sec->spec.exclude_name_list, file))
321 return;
322
323 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
324 }
325
326 /* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
327 but slowly. */
328
329 static void
330 walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
331 lang_input_statement_type *file,
332 callback_t callback,
333 void *data)
334 {
335 asection *s;
336 struct wildcard_list *sec;
337
338 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
339 {
340 sec = ptr->section_list;
341 if (sec == NULL)
342 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
343
344 while (sec != NULL)
345 {
346 bfd_boolean skip = FALSE;
347
348 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
349 {
350 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
351
352 skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
353 }
354
355 if (!skip)
356 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
357
358 sec = sec->next;
359 }
360 }
361 }
362
363 /* Routines to find a single section given its name. If there's more
364 than one section with that name, we report that. */
365
366 typedef struct
367 {
368 asection *found_section;
369 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
370 } section_iterator_callback_data;
371
372 static bfd_boolean
373 section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
374 {
375 section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
376
377 if (d->found_section != NULL)
378 {
379 d->multiple_sections_found = TRUE;
380 return TRUE;
381 }
382
383 d->found_section = s;
384 return FALSE;
385 }
386
387 static asection *
388 find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
389 struct wildcard_list *sec,
390 bfd_boolean *multiple_sections_found)
391 {
392 section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, FALSE };
393
394 bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
395 section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
396 *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
397 return cb_data.found_section;
398 }
399
400 /* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
401 which can be expensive because of charset translations etc. */
402
403 /* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
404 where the literal part is at least 4 characters long. */
405
406 static bfd_boolean
407 is_simple_wild (const char *name)
408 {
409 size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
410 return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
411 }
412
413 static bfd_boolean
414 match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
415 {
416 /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
417 non-wildcard characters. So we can go faster. */
418 if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
419 || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
420 return FALSE;
421
422 pattern += 4;
423 name += 4;
424 while (*pattern != '*')
425 if (*name++ != *pattern++)
426 return FALSE;
427
428 return TRUE;
429 }
430
431 /* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
432 section name NAME. */
433
434 static int
435 get_init_priority (const asection *sec)
436 {
437 const char *name = bfd_section_name (sec);
438 const char *dot;
439
440 /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
441 attribute with numerical values 101 to 65535 inclusive. A
442 lower value means a higher priority.
443
444 1: .init_array.NNNNN/.fini_array.NNNNN: Where NNNNN is the
445 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
446 The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
447 .fini_array is backward.
448 2: .ctors.NNNNN/.dtors.NNNNN: Where NNNNN is 65535 minus the
449 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
450 The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
451 is forward.
452
453 .init_array.NNNNN sections would normally be placed in an output
454 .init_array section, .fini_array.NNNNN in .fini_array,
455 .ctors.NNNNN in .ctors, and .dtors.NNNNN in .dtors. This means
456 we should sort by increasing number (and could just use
457 SORT_BY_NAME in scripts). However if .ctors.NNNNN sections are
458 being placed in .init_array (which may also contain
459 .init_array.NNNNN sections) or .dtors.NNNNN sections are being
460 placed in .fini_array then we need to extract the init_priority
461 attribute and sort on that. */
462 dot = strrchr (name, '.');
463 if (dot != NULL && ISDIGIT (dot[1]))
464 {
465 char *end;
466 unsigned long init_priority = strtoul (dot + 1, &end, 10);
467 if (*end == 0)
468 {
469 if (dot == name + 6
470 && (strncmp (name, ".ctors", 6) == 0
471 || strncmp (name, ".dtors", 6) == 0))
472 init_priority = 65535 - init_priority;
473 if (init_priority <= INT_MAX)
474 return init_priority;
475 }
476 }
477 return -1;
478 }
479
480 /* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT. */
481
482 static int
483 compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
484 {
485 int ret;
486 int a_priority, b_priority;
487
488 switch (sort)
489 {
490 default:
491 abort ();
492
493 case by_init_priority:
494 a_priority = get_init_priority (asec);
495 b_priority = get_init_priority (bsec);
496 if (a_priority < 0 || b_priority < 0)
497 goto sort_by_name;
498 ret = a_priority - b_priority;
499 if (ret)
500 break;
501 else
502 goto sort_by_name;
503
504 case by_alignment_name:
505 ret = bfd_section_alignment (bsec) - bfd_section_alignment (asec);
506 if (ret)
507 break;
508 /* Fall through. */
509
510 case by_name:
511 sort_by_name:
512 ret = strcmp (bfd_section_name (asec), bfd_section_name (bsec));
513 break;
514
515 case by_name_alignment:
516 ret = strcmp (bfd_section_name (asec), bfd_section_name (bsec));
517 if (ret)
518 break;
519 /* Fall through. */
520
521 case by_alignment:
522 ret = bfd_section_alignment (bsec) - bfd_section_alignment (asec);
523 break;
524 }
525
526 return ret;
527 }
528
529 /* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
530 used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
531 of sections are large. */
532
533 static lang_section_bst_type **
534 wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
535 struct wildcard_list *sec,
536 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
537 asection *section)
538 {
539 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
540
541 tree = &wild->tree;
542 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
543 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
544 {
545 /* Append at the right end of tree. */
546 while (*tree)
547 tree = &((*tree)->right);
548 return tree;
549 }
550
551 while (*tree)
552 {
553 /* Find the correct node to append this section. */
554 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
555 tree = &((*tree)->left);
556 else
557 tree = &((*tree)->right);
558 }
559
560 return tree;
561 }
562
563 /* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections. */
564
565 static void
566 output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
567 struct wildcard_list *sec,
568 asection *section,
569 struct flag_info *sflag_list ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
570 lang_input_statement_type *file,
571 void *output)
572 {
573 lang_section_bst_type *node;
574 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
575 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
576
577 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
578
579 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
580 return;
581
582 node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
583 node->left = 0;
584 node->right = 0;
585 node->section = section;
586
587 tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
588 if (tree != NULL)
589 *tree = node;
590 }
591
592 /* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form. */
593
594 static void
595 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
596 lang_section_bst_type *tree,
597 void *output)
598 {
599 if (tree->left)
600 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
601
602 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, NULL,
603 (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
604
605 if (tree->right)
606 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
607
608 free (tree);
609 }
610
611 /* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
612 wildcards */
613
614 static void
615 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
616 lang_input_statement_type *file,
617 callback_t callback,
618 void *data)
619 {
620 /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
621 But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
622 (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
623 we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
624 get processed in the bfd's order. */
625 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
626 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
627 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
628
629 if (multiple_sections_found)
630 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
631 else if (s0)
632 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
633 }
634
635 static void
636 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
637 lang_input_statement_type *file,
638 callback_t callback,
639 void *data)
640 {
641 asection *s;
642 struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
643
644 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
645 {
646 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
647 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
648
649 if (!skip)
650 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
651 }
652 }
653
654 static void
655 walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
656 lang_input_statement_type *file,
657 callback_t callback,
658 void *data)
659 {
660 asection *s;
661 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
662 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
663 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
664 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
665
666 if (multiple_sections_found)
667 {
668 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
669 return;
670 }
671
672 /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
673 we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below. */
674 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
675 {
676 /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
677 than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
678 wildspec1. */
679 if (s == s0)
680 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
681 else
682 {
683 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
684 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
685
686 if (!skip)
687 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
688 data);
689 }
690 }
691 }
692
693 static void
694 walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
695 lang_input_statement_type *file,
696 callback_t callback,
697 void *data)
698 {
699 asection *s;
700 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
701 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
702 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
703 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
704 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
705
706 if (multiple_sections_found)
707 {
708 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
709 return;
710 }
711
712 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
713 {
714 if (s == s0)
715 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
716 else
717 {
718 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
719 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
720
721 if (!skip)
722 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
723 else
724 {
725 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
726 if (!skip)
727 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
728 data);
729 }
730 }
731 }
732 }
733
734 static void
735 walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
736 lang_input_statement_type *file,
737 callback_t callback,
738 void *data)
739 {
740 asection *s;
741 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
742 struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
743 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
744 struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
745 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
746 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
747
748 if (multiple_sections_found)
749 {
750 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
751 return;
752 }
753
754 s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
755 if (multiple_sections_found)
756 {
757 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
758 return;
759 }
760
761 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
762 {
763 if (s == s0)
764 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
765 else
766 if (s == s1)
767 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
768 else
769 {
770 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
771 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name,
772 sname);
773
774 if (!skip)
775 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
776 data);
777 else
778 {
779 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
780 if (!skip)
781 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
782 callback, data);
783 }
784 }
785 }
786 }
787
788 static void
789 walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
790 lang_input_statement_type *file,
791 callback_t callback,
792 void *data)
793 {
794 if (file->flags.just_syms)
795 return;
796
797 (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
798 }
799
800 /* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
801 something name2 can match. We're conservative: we return FALSE
802 only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
803 first wildcard character. */
804
805 static bfd_boolean
806 wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
807 {
808 size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
809 size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
810 size_t min_prefix_len;
811
812 /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
813 terminating 0 as part of the prefix. Thus ".text" won't match
814 ".text." or ".text.*", for example. */
815 if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
816 prefix1_len++;
817 if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
818 prefix2_len++;
819
820 min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
821
822 return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
823 }
824
825 /* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
826 statements. */
827
828 static void
829 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
830 {
831 int sec_count = 0;
832 int wild_name_count = 0;
833 struct wildcard_list *sec;
834 int signature;
835 int data_counter;
836
837 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
838 ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
839 ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
840 ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
841 ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
842 ptr->tree = NULL;
843
844 /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
845 actually use wildcards in the name. Also, bail out if any of the
846 wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
847 walk_wild_section used to test for it.) And bail out if any
848 of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
849 ending in a single '*'. */
850 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
851 {
852 ++sec_count;
853 if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
854 return;
855 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
856 {
857 ++wild_name_count;
858 if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
859 return;
860 }
861 }
862
863 /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
864 happen in practice. Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
865 happen in practice. */
866 if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
867 return;
868
869 /* Check that no two specs can match the same section. */
870 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
871 {
872 struct wildcard_list *sec2;
873 for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
874 {
875 if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
876 return;
877 }
878 }
879
880 signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
881 switch (signature)
882 {
883 case 0x0100:
884 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
885 break;
886 case 0x0101:
887 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
888 break;
889 case 0x0201:
890 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
891 break;
892 case 0x0302:
893 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
894 break;
895 case 0x0402:
896 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
897 break;
898 default:
899 return;
900 }
901
902 /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
903 specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
904 names. It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
905 given order, because we've already determined that no section
906 will match more than one spec. */
907 data_counter = 0;
908 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
909 if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
910 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
911 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
912 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
913 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
914 }
915
916 /* Handle a wild statement for a single file F. */
917
918 static void
919 walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
920 lang_input_statement_type *f,
921 callback_t callback,
922 void *data)
923 {
924 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (s->exclude_name_list, f))
925 return;
926
927 if (f->the_bfd == NULL
928 || !bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
929 walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
930 else
931 {
932 bfd *member;
933
934 /* This is an archive file. We must map each member of the
935 archive separately. */
936 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
937 while (member != NULL)
938 {
939 /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
940 entry point for the archive. For each element of the
941 archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
942 which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
943 lang_input_statement. */
944 if (bfd_usrdata (member) != NULL)
945 walk_wild_section (s, bfd_usrdata (member), callback, data);
946
947 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
948 }
949 }
950 }
951
952 static void
953 walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
954 {
955 const char *file_spec = s->filename;
956 char *p;
957
958 if (file_spec == NULL)
959 {
960 /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list. */
961 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
962 {
963 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
964 }
965 }
966 else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
967 {
968 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
969 {
970 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
971 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
972 }
973 }
974 else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
975 {
976 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
977 {
978 if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
979 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
980 }
981 }
982 else
983 {
984 lang_input_statement_type *f;
985
986 /* Perform the iteration over a single file. */
987 f = lookup_name (file_spec);
988 if (f)
989 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
990 }
991 }
992
993 /* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
994 function for each node, except those inside output section statements
995 with constraint set to -1. */
996
997 void
998 lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
999 lang_statement_union_type *s)
1000 {
1001 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
1002 {
1003 func (s);
1004
1005 switch (s->header.type)
1006 {
1007 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1008 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
1009 break;
1010 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1011 if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
1012 lang_for_each_statement_worker
1013 (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
1014 break;
1015 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1016 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
1017 s->wild_statement.children.head);
1018 break;
1019 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1020 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
1021 s->group_statement.children.head);
1022 break;
1023 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1024 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1025 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1026 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1027 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1028 case lang_input_section_enum:
1029 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1030 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1031 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1032 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1033 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1034 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1035 break;
1036 default:
1037 FAIL ();
1038 break;
1039 }
1040 }
1041 }
1042
1043 void
1044 lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
1045 {
1046 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
1047 }
1048
1049 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1050
1051 void
1052 lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
1053 {
1054 list->head = NULL;
1055 list->tail = &list->head;
1056 }
1057
1058 static void
1059 lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
1060 void *element,
1061 void *field)
1062 {
1063 *(list->tail) = element;
1064 list->tail = field;
1065 }
1066
1067 void
1068 push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
1069 {
1070 if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
1071 abort ();
1072 *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
1073 stat_ptr = new_ptr;
1074 }
1075
1076 void
1077 pop_stat_ptr (void)
1078 {
1079 if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
1080 abort ();
1081 stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
1082 }
1083
1084 /* Build a new statement node for the parse tree. */
1085
1086 static lang_statement_union_type *
1087 new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
1088 size_t size,
1089 lang_statement_list_type *list)
1090 {
1091 lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
1092
1093 new_stmt = stat_alloc (size);
1094 new_stmt->header.type = type;
1095 new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
1096 lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
1097 return new_stmt;
1098 }
1099
1100 /* Build a new input file node for the language. There are several
1101 ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
1102 or prefix it with a -l etc.
1103
1104 We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
1105 they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
1106 foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
1107 got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd. */
1108
1109 static lang_input_statement_type *
1110 new_afile (const char *name,
1111 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1112 const char *target,
1113 const char *from_filename)
1114 {
1115 lang_input_statement_type *p;
1116
1117 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
1118
1119 p = new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
1120 memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
1121 sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
1122 p->extra_search_path = NULL;
1123 p->target = target;
1124 p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
1125 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
1126 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
1127 p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
1128 p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1129
1130 switch (file_type)
1131 {
1132 case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
1133 p->filename = name;
1134 p->local_sym_name = name;
1135 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1136 p->flags.just_syms = TRUE;
1137 break;
1138 case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
1139 p->filename = name;
1140 p->local_sym_name = name;
1141 break;
1142 case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
1143 if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
1144 {
1145 p->filename = name + 1;
1146 p->flags.full_name_provided = TRUE;
1147 }
1148 else
1149 p->filename = name;
1150 p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
1151 p->flags.maybe_archive = TRUE;
1152 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1153 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1154 break;
1155 case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
1156 p->filename = name;
1157 p->local_sym_name = name;
1158 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1159 break;
1160 case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
1161 p->filename = name;
1162 p->local_sym_name = name;
1163 /* If name is a relative path, search the directory of the current linker
1164 script first. */
1165 if (from_filename && !IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (name))
1166 p->extra_search_path = ldirname (from_filename);
1167 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1168 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1169 break;
1170 case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
1171 p->filename = name;
1172 p->local_sym_name = name;
1173 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1174 break;
1175 default:
1176 FAIL ();
1177 }
1178
1179 lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain, p, &p->next_real_file);
1180 return p;
1181 }
1182
1183 lang_input_statement_type *
1184 lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
1185 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1186 const char *target)
1187 {
1188 if (name != NULL
1189 && (*name == '=' || CONST_STRNEQ (name, "$SYSROOT")))
1190 {
1191 lang_input_statement_type *ret;
1192 char *sysrooted_name
1193 = concat (ld_sysroot,
1194 name + (*name == '=' ? 1 : strlen ("$SYSROOT")),
1195 (const char *) NULL);
1196
1197 /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input
1198 file independent of the context. Therefore, temporarily
1199 force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't
1200 get the sysroot prepended again when opened. (N.B. if it's a
1201 script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/"
1202 will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be
1203 within the sysroot subdirectory.) */
1204 unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1205 input_flags.sysrooted = 0;
1206 ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target, NULL);
1207 input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted;
1208 return ret;
1209 }
1210
1211 return new_afile (name, file_type, target, current_input_file);
1212 }
1213
1214 struct out_section_hash_entry
1215 {
1216 struct bfd_hash_entry root;
1217 lang_statement_union_type s;
1218 };
1219
1220 /* The hash table. */
1221
1222 static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
1223
1224 /* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
1225 initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table. */
1226
1227 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1228 output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1229 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1230 const char *string)
1231 {
1232 lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
1233 struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
1234
1235 if (entry == NULL)
1236 {
1237 entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1238 sizeof (*ret));
1239 if (entry == NULL)
1240 return entry;
1241 }
1242
1243 entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1244 if (entry == NULL)
1245 return entry;
1246
1247 ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
1248 memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
1249 ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
1250 ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = NULL;
1251 ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = NULL;
1252 ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
1253 lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
1254 lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
1255
1256 /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
1257 first one, lang_os_list.tail points to the "next"
1258 field of the last element of the list. */
1259 if (lang_os_list.head != NULL)
1260 ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
1261 = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1262 ((char *) lang_os_list.tail
1263 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
1264
1265 /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
1266 address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
1267 instead. */
1268 nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
1269 lang_statement_append (&lang_os_list, &ret->s, nextp);
1270 return &ret->root;
1271 }
1272
1273 static void
1274 output_section_statement_table_init (void)
1275 {
1276 if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
1277 output_section_statement_newfunc,
1278 sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
1279 61))
1280 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1281 }
1282
1283 static void
1284 output_section_statement_table_free (void)
1285 {
1286 bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
1287 }
1288
1289 /* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree. */
1290
1291 void
1292 lang_init (void)
1293 {
1294 obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
1295
1296 stat_ptr = &statement_list;
1297
1298 output_section_statement_table_init ();
1299
1300 lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
1301
1302 lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
1303 lang_list_init (&lang_os_list);
1304 lang_list_init (&file_chain);
1305 first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
1306 NULL);
1307 abs_output_section =
1308 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, TRUE);
1309
1310 abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1311
1312 asneeded_list_head = NULL;
1313 asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head;
1314 }
1315
1316 void
1317 lang_finish (void)
1318 {
1319 output_section_statement_table_free ();
1320 }
1321
1322 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------
1323 A region is an area of memory declared with the
1324 MEMORY { name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
1325 syntax.
1326
1327 We maintain a list of all the regions here.
1328
1329 If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
1330 which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
1331
1332 If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
1333 In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
1334 already been created. If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
1335 dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
1336 and so we issue a warning.
1337
1338 Each region has at least one name. The first name is either
1339 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block. You can add
1340 alias names to an existing region within a script with
1341 REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name). Each name corresponds to at most one
1342 region. */
1343
1344 static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
1345 static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
1346 = &lang_memory_region_list;
1347
1348 lang_memory_region_type *
1349 lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bfd_boolean create)
1350 {
1351 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1352 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1353 lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
1354
1355 /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified. */
1356 if (name == NULL)
1357 return NULL;
1358
1359 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1360 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1361 if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
1362 {
1363 if (create)
1364 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
1365 NULL, name);
1366 return r;
1367 }
1368
1369 if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
1370 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
1371 NULL, name);
1372
1373 new_region = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
1374
1375 new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
1376 new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
1377 new_region->next = NULL;
1378 new_region->origin_exp = NULL;
1379 new_region->origin = 0;
1380 new_region->length_exp = NULL;
1381 new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
1382 new_region->current = 0;
1383 new_region->last_os = NULL;
1384 new_region->flags = 0;
1385 new_region->not_flags = 0;
1386 new_region->had_full_message = FALSE;
1387
1388 *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
1389 lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
1390
1391 return new_region;
1392 }
1393
1394 void
1395 lang_memory_region_alias (const char *alias, const char *region_name)
1396 {
1397 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1398 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1399 lang_memory_region_type *region;
1400
1401 /* The default region must be unique. This ensures that it is not necessary
1402 to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
1403 the default memory region. */
1404 if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
1405 || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
1406 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
1407
1408 /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
1409 in use. */
1410 region = NULL;
1411 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1412 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1413 {
1414 if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
1415 region = r;
1416 if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
1417 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: redefinition of memory region "
1418 "alias `%s'\n"),
1419 NULL, alias);
1420 }
1421
1422 /* Check if the target region exists. */
1423 if (region == NULL)
1424 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: memory region `%s' "
1425 "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
1426 NULL, region_name, alias);
1427
1428 /* Add alias to region name list. */
1429 n = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
1430 n->name = xstrdup (alias);
1431 n->next = region->name_list.next;
1432 region->name_list.next = n;
1433 }
1434
1435 static lang_memory_region_type *
1436 lang_memory_default (asection *section)
1437 {
1438 lang_memory_region_type *p;
1439
1440 flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
1441
1442 /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section. */
1443 if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
1444 sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
1445
1446 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
1447 {
1448 if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
1449 && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
1450 {
1451 return p;
1452 }
1453 }
1454 return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
1455 }
1456
1457 /* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata. */
1458
1459 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1460 lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section)
1461 {
1462 return bfd_section_userdata (output_section);
1463 }
1464
1465 /* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
1466 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
1467 match any non-negative constraint. If CREATE, always make a
1468 new output_section_statement for SPECIAL CONSTRAINT. */
1469
1470 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1471 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
1472 int constraint,
1473 bfd_boolean create)
1474 {
1475 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
1476
1477 entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1478 bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
1479 create, FALSE));
1480 if (entry == NULL)
1481 {
1482 if (create)
1483 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1484 return NULL;
1485 }
1486
1487 if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
1488 {
1489 /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
1490 constraint. */
1491 struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
1492
1493 name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
1494 if (create && constraint == SPECIAL)
1495 /* Not traversing to the end reverses the order of the second
1496 and subsequent SPECIAL sections in the hash table chain,
1497 but that shouldn't matter. */
1498 last_ent = entry;
1499 else
1500 do
1501 {
1502 if (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1503 || (constraint == 0
1504 && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0))
1505 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1506 last_ent = entry;
1507 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1508 }
1509 while (entry != NULL
1510 && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
1511
1512 if (!create)
1513 return NULL;
1514
1515 entry
1516 = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1517 output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
1518 &output_section_statement_table,
1519 name));
1520 if (entry == NULL)
1521 {
1522 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1523 return NULL;
1524 }
1525 entry->root = last_ent->root;
1526 last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
1527 }
1528
1529 entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
1530 entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
1531 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1532 }
1533
1534 /* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
1535 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
1536 match any non-negative constraint. */
1537
1538 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1539 next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
1540 int constraint)
1541 {
1542 /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
1543 struct out_section_hash_entry. */
1544 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1545 ((char *) os
1546 - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
1547 const char *name = os->name;
1548
1549 ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
1550 do
1551 {
1552 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1553 if (entry == NULL
1554 || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
1555 return NULL;
1556 }
1557 while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1558 && (constraint != 0
1559 || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
1560
1561 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1562 }
1563
1564 /* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
1565 Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
1566 statement for SEC. If an exact match is found on certain flags,
1567 sets *EXACT too. */
1568
1569 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1570 lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
1571 flagword sec_flags,
1572 lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
1573 lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
1574 {
1575 lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
1576 flagword look_flags, differ;
1577
1578 /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*. May as well
1579 skip it. */
1580 first = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
1581 first = first->next;
1582
1583 /* First try for an exact match. */
1584 found = NULL;
1585 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1586 {
1587 look_flags = look->flags;
1588 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1589 {
1590 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1591 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1592 look->bfd_section,
1593 sec->owner, sec))
1594 continue;
1595 }
1596 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1597 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1598 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1599 found = look;
1600 }
1601 if (found != NULL)
1602 {
1603 if (exact != NULL)
1604 *exact = found;
1605 return found;
1606 }
1607
1608 if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
1609 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1610 {
1611 /* Try for a rw code section. */
1612 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1613 {
1614 look_flags = look->flags;
1615 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1616 {
1617 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1618 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1619 look->bfd_section,
1620 sec->owner, sec))
1621 continue;
1622 }
1623 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1624 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1625 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1626 found = look;
1627 }
1628 }
1629 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
1630 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1631 {
1632 /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata. */
1633 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1634 {
1635 look_flags = look->flags;
1636 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1637 {
1638 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1639 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1640 look->bfd_section,
1641 sec->owner, sec))
1642 continue;
1643 }
1644 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1645 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1646 | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1647 || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1648 | SEC_READONLY))
1649 && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)))
1650 found = look;
1651 }
1652 }
1653 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
1654 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1655 {
1656 /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata. Treat .tbss
1657 as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type. */
1658 bfd_boolean seen_thread_local = FALSE;
1659
1660 match_type = NULL;
1661 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1662 {
1663 look_flags = look->flags;
1664 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1665 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1666
1667 differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
1668 if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC)))
1669 {
1670 /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order. */
1671 if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD)
1672 && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD))
1673 /* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing
1674 a .tdata section stop looking and return the
1675 previous section. */
1676 break;
1677 found = look;
1678 seen_thread_local = TRUE;
1679 }
1680 else if (seen_thread_local)
1681 break;
1682 else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
1683 found = look;
1684 }
1685 }
1686 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
1687 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1688 {
1689 /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata. */
1690 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1691 {
1692 look_flags = look->flags;
1693 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1694 {
1695 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1696 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1697 look->bfd_section,
1698 sec->owner, sec))
1699 continue;
1700 }
1701 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1702 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1703 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
1704 || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
1705 && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
1706 found = look;
1707 }
1708 }
1709 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1710 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1711 {
1712 /* .data goes after .rodata. */
1713 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1714 {
1715 look_flags = look->flags;
1716 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1717 {
1718 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1719 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1720 look->bfd_section,
1721 sec->owner, sec))
1722 continue;
1723 }
1724 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1725 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1726 | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1727 found = look;
1728 }
1729 }
1730 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1731 {
1732 /* .bss goes after any other alloc section. */
1733 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1734 {
1735 look_flags = look->flags;
1736 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1737 {
1738 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1739 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1740 look->bfd_section,
1741 sec->owner, sec))
1742 continue;
1743 }
1744 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1745 if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC))
1746 found = look;
1747 }
1748 }
1749 else
1750 {
1751 /* non-alloc go last. */
1752 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1753 {
1754 look_flags = look->flags;
1755 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1756 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1757 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1758 if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING))
1759 found = look;
1760 }
1761 return found;
1762 }
1763
1764 if (found || !match_type)
1765 return found;
1766
1767 return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL);
1768 }
1769
1770 /* Find the last output section before given output statement.
1771 Used by place_orphan. */
1772
1773 static asection *
1774 output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
1775 {
1776 lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
1777
1778 for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
1779 {
1780 if (lookup->constraint < 0)
1781 continue;
1782
1783 if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
1784 return lookup->bfd_section;
1785 }
1786
1787 return NULL;
1788 }
1789
1790 /* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement. The
1791 idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
1792 statement in a script, before we find another output section
1793 statement. Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
1794 are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases; The first
1795 assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
1796 Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
1797 similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
1798 insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
1799 image symbols. */
1800
1801 static lang_statement_union_type **
1802 insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
1803 {
1804 lang_statement_union_type **where;
1805 lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
1806 bfd_boolean ignore_first;
1807
1808 ignore_first = after == (void *) lang_os_list.head;
1809
1810 for (where = &after->header.next;
1811 *where != NULL;
1812 where = &(*where)->header.next)
1813 {
1814 switch ((*where)->header.type)
1815 {
1816 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1817 if (assign == NULL)
1818 {
1819 lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
1820
1821 ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
1822 if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
1823 && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
1824 && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0)
1825 {
1826 if (!ignore_first)
1827 assign = where;
1828 ignore_first = FALSE;
1829 }
1830 }
1831 continue;
1832 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1833 case lang_input_section_enum:
1834 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1835 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1836 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1837 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1838 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1839 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1840 assign = NULL;
1841 ignore_first = FALSE;
1842 continue;
1843 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1844 if (assign != NULL)
1845 {
1846 asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
1847
1848 if (s == NULL
1849 || s->map_head.s == NULL
1850 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1851 where = assign;
1852 }
1853 break;
1854 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1855 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1856 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1857 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1858 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1859 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1860 continue;
1861 }
1862 break;
1863 }
1864
1865 return where;
1866 }
1867
1868 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1869 lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
1870 const char *secname,
1871 int constraint,
1872 lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
1873 struct orphan_save *place,
1874 etree_type *address,
1875 lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
1876 {
1877 lang_statement_list_type add;
1878 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
1879 lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
1880
1881 /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
1882 statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
1883 inserting them later into the global statement list. */
1884 if (after != NULL)
1885 {
1886 lang_list_init (&add);
1887 push_stat_ptr (&add);
1888 }
1889
1890 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
1891 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
1892 address = exp_intop (0);
1893
1894 os_tail = (lang_output_section_statement_type **) lang_os_list.tail;
1895 os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section,
1896 NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
1897
1898 if (add_child == NULL)
1899 add_child = &os->children;
1900 lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, os);
1901
1902 if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
1903 {
1904 const char *region = (after->region
1905 ? after->region->name_list.name
1906 : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
1907 const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
1908 ? after->lma_region->name_list.name
1909 : NULL);
1910 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
1911 lma_region);
1912 }
1913 else
1914 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
1915 NULL);
1916
1917 /* Restore the global list pointer. */
1918 if (after != NULL)
1919 pop_stat_ptr ();
1920
1921 if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
1922 {
1923 asection *snew, *as;
1924 bfd_boolean place_after = place->stmt == NULL;
1925 bfd_boolean insert_after = TRUE;
1926
1927 snew = os->bfd_section;
1928
1929 /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
1930 neater. This is really only cosmetic. */
1931 if (place->section == NULL
1932 && after != (void *) lang_os_list.head)
1933 {
1934 asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
1935
1936 /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
1937 sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
1938 look for the closest prior output statement having an
1939 output section. */
1940 if (bfd_section == NULL)
1941 bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
1942
1943 if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
1944 place->section = &bfd_section->next;
1945 }
1946
1947 if (place->section == NULL)
1948 place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1949
1950 as = *place->section;
1951
1952 if (!as)
1953 {
1954 /* Put the section at the end of the list. */
1955
1956 /* Unlink the section. */
1957 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1958
1959 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
1960 bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1961 }
1962 else if ((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
1963 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1964 && (bfd_get_flavour (s->owner)
1965 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1966 && ((elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1967 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1968 || (elf_section_type (as) == SHT_NOTE
1969 && (as->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)))
1970 {
1971 /* Make sure that output note sections are grouped and sorted
1972 by alignments when inserting a note section or insert a
1973 section after a note section, */
1974 asection *sec;
1975 /* A specific section after which the output note section
1976 should be placed. */
1977 asection *after_sec;
1978 /* True if we need to insert the orphan section after a
1979 specific section to maintain output note section order. */
1980 bfd_boolean after_sec_note = FALSE;
1981
1982 static asection *first_orphan_note = NULL;
1983
1984 /* Group and sort output note section by alignments in
1985 ascending order. */
1986 after_sec = NULL;
1987 if (elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1988 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1989 {
1990 /* Search from the beginning for the last output note
1991 section with equal or larger alignments. NB: Don't
1992 place orphan note section after non-note sections. */
1993
1994 first_orphan_note = NULL;
1995 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1996 (sec != NULL
1997 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
1998 sec = sec->next)
1999 if (sec != snew
2000 && elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
2001 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2002 {
2003 if (!first_orphan_note)
2004 first_orphan_note = sec;
2005 if (sec->alignment_power >= s->alignment_power)
2006 after_sec = sec;
2007 }
2008 else if (first_orphan_note)
2009 {
2010 /* Stop if there is non-note section after the first
2011 orphan note section. */
2012 break;
2013 }
2014
2015 /* If this will be the first orphan note section, it can
2016 be placed at the default location. */
2017 after_sec_note = first_orphan_note != NULL;
2018 if (after_sec == NULL && after_sec_note)
2019 {
2020 /* If all output note sections have smaller
2021 alignments, place the section before all
2022 output orphan note sections. */
2023 after_sec = first_orphan_note;
2024 insert_after = FALSE;
2025 }
2026 }
2027 else if (first_orphan_note)
2028 {
2029 /* Don't place non-note sections in the middle of orphan
2030 note sections. */
2031 after_sec_note = TRUE;
2032 after_sec = as;
2033 for (sec = as->next;
2034 (sec != NULL
2035 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
2036 sec = sec->next)
2037 if (elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
2038 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2039 after_sec = sec;
2040 }
2041
2042 if (after_sec_note)
2043 {
2044 if (after_sec)
2045 {
2046 /* Search forward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2047 statement. */
2048 lang_output_section_statement_type *stmt, *next;
2049 bfd_boolean found = FALSE;
2050 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = next)
2051 {
2052 next = stmt->next;
2053 if (insert_after)
2054 {
2055 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2056 {
2057 place_after = TRUE;
2058 found = TRUE;
2059 after = stmt;
2060 break;
2061 }
2062 }
2063 else
2064 {
2065 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2066 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2067 if (next && next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2068 {
2069 place_after = TRUE;
2070 found = TRUE;
2071 after = stmt;
2072 break;
2073 }
2074 }
2075 }
2076
2077 /* Search backward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2078 statement. */
2079 if (!found)
2080 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->prev)
2081 {
2082 if (insert_after)
2083 {
2084 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2085 {
2086 place_after = TRUE;
2087 after = stmt;
2088 break;
2089 }
2090 }
2091 else
2092 {
2093 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2094 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2095 if (stmt->next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2096 {
2097 place_after = TRUE;
2098 after = stmt;
2099 break;
2100 }
2101 }
2102 }
2103 }
2104
2105 if (after_sec == NULL
2106 || (insert_after && after_sec->next != snew)
2107 || (!insert_after && after_sec->prev != snew))
2108 {
2109 /* Unlink the section. */
2110 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2111
2112 /* Place SNEW after AFTER_SEC. If AFTER_SEC is NULL,
2113 prepend SNEW. */
2114 if (after_sec)
2115 {
2116 if (insert_after)
2117 bfd_section_list_insert_after (link_info.output_bfd,
2118 after_sec, snew);
2119 else
2120 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2121 after_sec, snew);
2122 }
2123 else
2124 bfd_section_list_prepend (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2125 }
2126 }
2127 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2128 {
2129 /* Unlink the section. */
2130 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2131
2132 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2133 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2134 as, snew);
2135 }
2136 }
2137 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2138 {
2139 /* Unlink the section. */
2140 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2141
2142 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2143 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
2144 }
2145
2146 /* Save the end of this list. Further ophans of this type will
2147 follow the one we've just added. */
2148 place->section = &snew->next;
2149
2150 /* The following is non-cosmetic. We try to put the output
2151 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
2152 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
2153 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
2154 require extra segments. For instance, given a typical
2155 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
2156 following that a segment containing all the read-write
2157 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
2158 section before or amongst the read-only ones. */
2159 if (add.head != NULL)
2160 {
2161 lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
2162
2163 /* Place OS after AFTER if AFTER_NOTE is TRUE. */
2164 if (place_after)
2165 {
2166 lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
2167
2168 *add.tail = *where;
2169 *where = add.head;
2170
2171 place->os_tail = &after->next;
2172 }
2173 else
2174 {
2175 /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added. */
2176 *add.tail = *place->stmt;
2177 *place->stmt = add.head;
2178 }
2179
2180 /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
2181 new list at the tail. */
2182 if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
2183 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
2184
2185 /* Save the end of this list. */
2186 place->stmt = add.tail;
2187
2188 /* Do the same for the list of output section statements. */
2189 newly_added_os = *os_tail;
2190 *os_tail = NULL;
2191 newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
2192 ((char *) place->os_tail
2193 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
2194 newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
2195 if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
2196 newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
2197 *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
2198 place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
2199
2200 /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
2201 We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
2202 trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
2203 assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
2204 the same place when assigning *place->os_tail. */
2205 if (*os_tail == NULL)
2206 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
2207 }
2208 }
2209 return os;
2210 }
2211
2212 static void
2213 lang_print_asneeded (void)
2214 {
2215 struct asneeded_minfo *m;
2216
2217 if (asneeded_list_head == NULL)
2218 return;
2219
2220 minfo (_("\nAs-needed library included to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n"));
2221
2222 for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2223 {
2224 size_t len;
2225
2226 minfo ("%s", m->soname);
2227 len = strlen (m->soname);
2228
2229 if (len >= 29)
2230 {
2231 print_nl ();
2232 len = 0;
2233 }
2234 while (len < 30)
2235 {
2236 print_space ();
2237 ++len;
2238 }
2239
2240 if (m->ref != NULL)
2241 minfo ("%pB ", m->ref);
2242 minfo ("(%pT)\n", m->name);
2243 }
2244 }
2245
2246 static void
2247 lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
2248 {
2249 if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
2250 minfo ("a");
2251
2252 if (flag & SEC_CODE)
2253 minfo ("x");
2254
2255 if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
2256 minfo ("r");
2257
2258 if (flag & SEC_DATA)
2259 minfo ("w");
2260
2261 if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
2262 minfo ("l");
2263 }
2264
2265 void
2266 lang_map (void)
2267 {
2268 lang_memory_region_type *m;
2269 bfd_boolean dis_header_printed = FALSE;
2270
2271 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
2272 {
2273 asection *s;
2274
2275 if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
2276 || file->flags.just_syms)
2277 continue;
2278
2279 if (config.print_map_discarded)
2280 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2281 if ((s->output_section == NULL
2282 || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
2283 && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
2284 {
2285 if (! dis_header_printed)
2286 {
2287 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
2288 dis_header_printed = TRUE;
2289 }
2290
2291 print_input_section (s, TRUE);
2292 }
2293 }
2294
2295 minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
2296 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
2297 _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
2298
2299 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2300 {
2301 char buf[100];
2302 int len;
2303
2304 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
2305
2306 sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
2307 minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
2308 len = strlen (buf);
2309 while (len < 16)
2310 {
2311 print_space ();
2312 ++len;
2313 }
2314
2315 minfo ("0x%V", m->length);
2316 if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
2317 {
2318 #ifndef BFD64
2319 minfo (" ");
2320 #endif
2321 if (m->flags)
2322 {
2323 print_space ();
2324 lang_map_flags (m->flags);
2325 }
2326
2327 if (m->not_flags)
2328 {
2329 minfo (" !");
2330 lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
2331 }
2332 }
2333
2334 print_nl ();
2335 }
2336
2337 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
2338
2339 if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2340 {
2341 obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
2342 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
2343 }
2344 expld.phase = lang_fixed_phase_enum;
2345 lang_statement_iteration++;
2346 print_statements ();
2347
2348 ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info,
2349 config.map_file);
2350 }
2351
2352 static bfd_boolean
2353 sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
2354 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2355 {
2356 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2357 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2358 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
2359 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL)
2360 {
2361 input_section_userdata_type *ud;
2362 struct map_symbol_def *def;
2363
2364 ud = bfd_section_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section);
2365 if (!ud)
2366 {
2367 ud = stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud));
2368 bfd_set_section_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section, ud);
2369 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2370 ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
2371 }
2372 else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
2373 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2374
2375 def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
2376 def->entry = hash_entry;
2377 *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
2378 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
2379 ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
2380 }
2381 return TRUE;
2382 }
2383
2384 /* Initialize an output section. */
2385
2386 static void
2387 init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
2388 {
2389 if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2390 einfo (_("%F%P: illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
2391
2392 if (s->constraint != SPECIAL)
2393 s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
2394 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2395 s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
2396 s->name, flags);
2397 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2398 {
2399 einfo (_("%F%P: output format %s cannot represent section"
2400 " called %s: %E\n"),
2401 link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
2402 }
2403 s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
2404 s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
2405
2406 /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section
2407 statement to avoid lookup. */
2408 bfd_set_section_userdata (s->bfd_section, s);
2409
2410 /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
2411 mention are initialized. */
2412 if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
2413 exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
2414
2415 if (s->load_base != NULL)
2416 exp_init_os (s->load_base);
2417
2418 /* If supplied an alignment, set it. */
2419 if (s->section_alignment != NULL)
2420 s->bfd_section->alignment_power = exp_get_power (s->section_alignment,
2421 "section alignment");
2422 }
2423
2424 /* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
2425 initialized. */
2426
2427 static void
2428 exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
2429 {
2430 switch (exp->type.node_class)
2431 {
2432 case etree_assign:
2433 case etree_provide:
2434 case etree_provided:
2435 exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
2436 break;
2437
2438 case etree_binary:
2439 exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
2440 exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
2441 break;
2442
2443 case etree_trinary:
2444 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
2445 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
2446 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
2447 break;
2448
2449 case etree_assert:
2450 exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
2451 break;
2452
2453 case etree_unary:
2454 exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
2455 break;
2456
2457 case etree_name:
2458 switch (exp->type.node_code)
2459 {
2460 case ADDR:
2461 case LOADADDR:
2462 case SIZEOF:
2463 {
2464 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2465
2466 os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
2467 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
2468 init_os (os, 0);
2469 }
2470 }
2471 break;
2472
2473 default:
2474 break;
2475 }
2476 }
2477 \f
2478 static void
2479 section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
2480 {
2481 lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
2482
2483 /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
2484 discard all sections. */
2485 if (entry->flags.just_syms)
2486 {
2487 bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2488 return;
2489 }
2490
2491 /* Deal with SHF_EXCLUDE ELF sections. */
2492 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
2493 && (abfd->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) == 0
2494 && (sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_KEEP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2495 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2496
2497 if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
2498 bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2499 }
2500 \f
2501
2502 /* Returns true if SECTION is one we know will be discarded based on its
2503 section flags, otherwise returns false. */
2504
2505 static bfd_boolean
2506 lang_discard_section_p (asection *section)
2507 {
2508 bfd_boolean discard;
2509 flagword flags = section->flags;
2510
2511 /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE. */
2512 discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
2513
2514 /* Discard the group descriptor sections when we're finally placing the
2515 sections from within the group. */
2516 if ((flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0
2517 && link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2518 discard = TRUE;
2519
2520 /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
2521 information. */
2522 if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
2523 && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
2524 discard = TRUE;
2525
2526 return discard;
2527 }
2528
2529 /* The wild routines.
2530
2531 These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
2532 explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
2533 foo.o(.text, .data). */
2534
2535 /* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT. Do this by creating a
2536 lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR. */
2537
2538 void
2539 lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
2540 asection *section,
2541 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2542 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2543 {
2544 flagword flags = section->flags;
2545
2546 bfd_boolean discard;
2547 lang_input_section_type *new_section;
2548 bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
2549
2550 /* Is this section one we know should be discarded? */
2551 discard = lang_discard_section_p (section);
2552
2553 /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
2554 DISCARD_SECTION_NAME. */
2555 if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2556 discard = TRUE;
2557
2558 if (discard)
2559 {
2560 if (section->output_section == NULL)
2561 {
2562 /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section. */
2563 section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2564 }
2565 else if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions_warnings)
2566 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: --enable-non-contiguous-regions makes "
2567 "section `%pA' from '%pB' match /DISCARD/ clause.\n"),
2568 NULL, section, section->owner);
2569
2570 return;
2571 }
2572
2573 if (sflag_info)
2574 {
2575 bfd_boolean keep;
2576
2577 keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
2578 if (!keep)
2579 return;
2580 }
2581
2582 if (section->output_section != NULL)
2583 {
2584 if (!link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
2585 return;
2586
2587 /* SECTION has already been handled in a special way
2588 (eg. LINK_ONCE): skip it. */
2589 if (bfd_is_abs_section (section->output_section))
2590 return;
2591
2592 /* Already assigned to the same output section, do not process
2593 it again, to avoid creating loops between duplicate sections
2594 later. */
2595 if (section->output_section == output->bfd_section)
2596 return;
2597
2598 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions_warnings && output->bfd_section)
2599 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: --enable-non-contiguous-regions may "
2600 "change behaviour for section `%pA' from '%pB' (assigned to "
2601 "%pA, but additional match: %pA)\n"),
2602 NULL, section, section->owner, section->output_section,
2603 output->bfd_section);
2604
2605 /* SECTION has already been assigned to an output section, but
2606 the user allows it to be mapped to another one in case it
2607 overflows. We'll later update the actual output section in
2608 size_input_section as appropriate. */
2609 }
2610
2611 /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
2612 to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
2613 SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
2614 section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
2615 build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
2616 the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill. */
2617 flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2618
2619 /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
2620 already been processed. One reason to do this is that on pe
2621 format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
2622 to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
2623 if ((flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP)) == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP))
2624 {
2625 if (link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2626 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2627 else
2628 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2629 }
2630 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
2631 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2632
2633 switch (output->sectype)
2634 {
2635 case normal_section:
2636 case overlay_section:
2637 case first_overlay_section:
2638 break;
2639 case noalloc_section:
2640 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2641 break;
2642 case noload_section:
2643 flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
2644 flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2645 /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
2646 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts. ELF gets a .bss style noload,
2647 alloc, no contents section. All others get a noload, noalloc
2648 section. */
2649 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2650 flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2651 else
2652 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2653 break;
2654 }
2655
2656 if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
2657 init_os (output, flags);
2658
2659 /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
2660 it from the output section. */
2661 output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
2662
2663 if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2664 {
2665 /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section. */
2666 flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
2667
2668 /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same. */
2669 if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2670 != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2671 || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
2672 && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
2673 {
2674 output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2675 flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2676 }
2677 }
2678 output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
2679
2680 if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2681 {
2682 output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
2683 /* This must happen after flags have been updated. The output
2684 section may have been created before we saw its first input
2685 section, eg. for a data statement. */
2686 bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
2687 link_info.output_bfd,
2688 output->bfd_section,
2689 &link_info);
2690 if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2691 output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
2692 }
2693
2694 if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
2695 && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
2696 {
2697 /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd... */
2698 output->block_value = 128;
2699 }
2700
2701 if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
2702 output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
2703
2704 section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
2705
2706 if (!map_head_is_link_order)
2707 {
2708 asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
2709 output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
2710 section->map_head.s = NULL;
2711 section->map_tail.s = s;
2712 if (s != NULL)
2713 s->map_head.s = section;
2714 else
2715 output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
2716 }
2717
2718 /* Add a section reference to the list. */
2719 new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
2720 new_section->section = section;
2721 }
2722
2723 /* Handle wildcard sorting. This returns the lang_input_section which
2724 should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
2725 based on the sorting requirements of WILD. It returns NULL if the
2726 new section should just go at the end of the current list. */
2727
2728 static lang_statement_union_type *
2729 wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
2730 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2731 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2732 asection *section)
2733 {
2734 lang_statement_union_type *l;
2735
2736 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
2737 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
2738 return NULL;
2739
2740 for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
2741 {
2742 lang_input_section_type *ls;
2743
2744 if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
2745 continue;
2746 ls = &l->input_section;
2747
2748 /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
2749 name. */
2750
2751 if (wild->filenames_sorted)
2752 {
2753 const char *fn, *ln;
2754 bfd_boolean fa, la;
2755 int i;
2756
2757 /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
2758 dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
2759 the archive and then the name of the file within the
2760 archive. */
2761
2762 if (file->the_bfd != NULL
2763 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
2764 {
2765 fn = bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive);
2766 fa = TRUE;
2767 }
2768 else
2769 {
2770 fn = file->filename;
2771 fa = FALSE;
2772 }
2773
2774 if (ls->section->owner->my_archive != NULL)
2775 {
2776 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner->my_archive);
2777 la = TRUE;
2778 }
2779 else
2780 {
2781 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner);
2782 la = FALSE;
2783 }
2784
2785 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2786 if (i > 0)
2787 continue;
2788 else if (i < 0)
2789 break;
2790
2791 if (fa || la)
2792 {
2793 if (fa)
2794 fn = file->filename;
2795 if (la)
2796 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner);
2797
2798 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2799 if (i > 0)
2800 continue;
2801 else if (i < 0)
2802 break;
2803 }
2804 }
2805
2806 /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
2807 looking at the sections for this file. */
2808
2809 if (sec != NULL
2810 && sec->spec.sorted != none
2811 && sec->spec.sorted != by_none)
2812 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
2813 break;
2814 }
2815
2816 return l;
2817 }
2818
2819 /* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE. SECTION may be
2820 NULL, in which case it is a wild card. */
2821
2822 static void
2823 output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
2824 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2825 asection *section,
2826 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2827 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2828 void *output)
2829 {
2830 lang_statement_union_type *before;
2831 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2832
2833 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2834
2835 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2836 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2837 return;
2838
2839 before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
2840
2841 /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
2842 should follow the one we are about to add. If BEFORE
2843 is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
2844 of the current list. */
2845
2846 if (before == NULL)
2847 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, sflag_info, os);
2848 else
2849 {
2850 lang_statement_list_type list;
2851 lang_statement_union_type **pp;
2852
2853 lang_list_init (&list);
2854 lang_add_section (&list, section, sflag_info, os);
2855
2856 /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
2857 be NULL. */
2858 if (list.head != NULL)
2859 {
2860 ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
2861
2862 for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
2863 *pp != before;
2864 pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
2865 ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
2866
2867 list.head->header.next = *pp;
2868 *pp = list.head;
2869 }
2870 }
2871 }
2872
2873 /* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
2874 are readonly. */
2875
2876 static void
2877 check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2878 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2879 asection *section,
2880 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2881 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2882 void *output)
2883 {
2884 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2885
2886 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2887
2888 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2889 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2890 return;
2891
2892 if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2893 os->all_input_readonly = FALSE;
2894 }
2895
2896 /* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
2897 added to the statement tree. We will see if it has been opened
2898 already and had its symbols read. If not then we'll read it. */
2899
2900 static lang_input_statement_type *
2901 lookup_name (const char *name)
2902 {
2903 lang_input_statement_type *search;
2904
2905 for (search = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
2906 search != NULL;
2907 search = search->next_real_file)
2908 {
2909 /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
2910 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
2911 via the search directory lookup mechanism. */
2912 const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
2913
2914 if (filename != NULL
2915 && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
2916 break;
2917 }
2918
2919 if (search == NULL)
2920 {
2921 /* Arrange to splice the input statement added by new_afile into
2922 statement_list after the current input_file_chain tail.
2923 We know input_file_chain is not an empty list, and that
2924 lookup_name was called via open_input_bfds. Later calls to
2925 lookup_name should always match an existing input_statement. */
2926 lang_statement_union_type **tail = stat_ptr->tail;
2927 lang_statement_union_type **after
2928 = (void *) ((char *) input_file_chain.tail
2929 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next_real_file)
2930 + offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, header.next));
2931 lang_statement_union_type *rest = *after;
2932 stat_ptr->tail = after;
2933 search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
2934 default_target, NULL);
2935 *stat_ptr->tail = rest;
2936 if (*tail == NULL)
2937 stat_ptr->tail = tail;
2938 }
2939
2940 /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
2941 don't add this file. */
2942 if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
2943 return search;
2944
2945 if (!load_symbols (search, NULL))
2946 return NULL;
2947
2948 return search;
2949 }
2950
2951 /* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported. */
2952
2953 struct excluded_lib
2954 {
2955 char *name;
2956 struct excluded_lib *next;
2957 };
2958 static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
2959
2960 void
2961 add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
2962 {
2963 const char *p = list, *end;
2964
2965 while (*p != '\0')
2966 {
2967 struct excluded_lib *entry;
2968 end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
2969 if (end == NULL)
2970 end = p + strlen (p);
2971 entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
2972 entry->next = excluded_libs;
2973 entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
2974 memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
2975 entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
2976 excluded_libs = entry;
2977 if (*end == '\0')
2978 break;
2979 p = end + 1;
2980 }
2981 }
2982
2983 static void
2984 check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
2985 {
2986 struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
2987
2988 while (lib)
2989 {
2990 int len = strlen (lib->name);
2991 const char *filename = lbasename (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
2992
2993 if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
2994 {
2995 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2996 return;
2997 }
2998
2999 if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
3000 && (filename[len] == '\0'
3001 || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
3002 && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
3003 {
3004 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
3005 return;
3006 }
3007
3008 lib = lib->next;
3009 }
3010 }
3011
3012 /* Get the symbols for an input file. */
3013
3014 bfd_boolean
3015 load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
3016 lang_statement_list_type *place)
3017 {
3018 char **matching;
3019
3020 if (entry->flags.loaded)
3021 return TRUE;
3022
3023 ldfile_open_file (entry);
3024
3025 /* Do not process further if the file was missing. */
3026 if (entry->flags.missing_file)
3027 return TRUE;
3028
3029 if (trace_files || verbose)
3030 info_msg ("%pI\n", entry);
3031
3032 if (!bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
3033 && !bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
3034 {
3035 bfd_error_type err;
3036 struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
3037 extern FILE *yyin;
3038
3039 err = bfd_get_error ();
3040
3041 /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge. */
3042 if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
3043 return TRUE;
3044
3045 if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
3046 {
3047 char **p;
3048
3049 einfo (_("%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E;"
3050 " matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
3051 for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
3052 einfo (" %s", *p);
3053 einfo ("%F\n");
3054 }
3055 else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
3056 || place == NULL)
3057 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3058
3059 bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
3060 entry->the_bfd = NULL;
3061
3062 /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script. */
3063 save_flags = input_flags;
3064 ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
3065
3066 push_stat_ptr (place);
3067 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3068 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
3069 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
3070 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
3071 input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
3072 input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
3073
3074 ldfile_assumed_script = TRUE;
3075 parser_input = input_script;
3076 current_input_file = entry->filename;
3077 yyparse ();
3078 current_input_file = NULL;
3079 ldfile_assumed_script = FALSE;
3080
3081 /* missing_file is sticky. sysrooted will already have been
3082 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
3083 again. */
3084 save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
3085 input_flags = save_flags;
3086 pop_stat_ptr ();
3087 fclose (yyin);
3088 yyin = NULL;
3089 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
3090
3091 return TRUE;
3092 }
3093
3094 if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
3095 return TRUE;
3096
3097 /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive. Instead, the
3098 add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
3099 add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
3100 which is used. */
3101 switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
3102 {
3103 default:
3104 break;
3105
3106 case bfd_object:
3107 if (!entry->flags.reload)
3108 ldlang_add_file (entry);
3109 break;
3110
3111 case bfd_archive:
3112 check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
3113
3114 bfd_set_usrdata (entry->the_bfd, entry);
3115 if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
3116 {
3117 bfd *member = NULL;
3118 bfd_boolean loaded = TRUE;
3119
3120 for (;;)
3121 {
3122 bfd *subsbfd;
3123 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
3124
3125 if (member == NULL)
3126 break;
3127
3128 if (!bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
3129 {
3130 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: member %pB in archive is not an object\n"),
3131 entry->the_bfd, member);
3132 loaded = FALSE;
3133 }
3134
3135 subsbfd = member;
3136 if (!(*link_info.callbacks
3137 ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
3138 "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
3139 abort ();
3140
3141 /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
3142 substitute BFD for us. */
3143 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
3144 {
3145 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member);
3146 loaded = FALSE;
3147 }
3148 }
3149
3150 entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
3151 return loaded;
3152 }
3153 break;
3154 }
3155
3156 if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
3157 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
3158 else
3159 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3160
3161 return entry->flags.loaded;
3162 }
3163
3164 /* Handle a wild statement. S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
3165 may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard. Separate
3166 lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
3167 expansion; they are added after the wild statement S. OUTPUT is
3168 the output section. */
3169
3170 static void
3171 wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
3172 const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3173 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
3174 {
3175 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3176
3177 if (s->handler_data[0]
3178 && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
3179 && !s->filenames_sorted)
3180 {
3181 lang_section_bst_type *tree;
3182
3183 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
3184
3185 tree = s->tree;
3186 if (tree)
3187 {
3188 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
3189 s->tree = NULL;
3190 }
3191 }
3192 else
3193 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
3194
3195 if (default_common_section == NULL)
3196 for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3197 if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
3198 {
3199 /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
3200 later get something which doesn't know where to put it. */
3201 default_common_section = output;
3202 break;
3203 }
3204 }
3205
3206 /* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target. */
3207
3208 static int
3209 get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3210 {
3211 const char *sought = (const char *) data;
3212
3213 return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
3214 }
3215
3216 /* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well. */
3217
3218 static void
3219 stricpy (char *dest, const char *src)
3220 {
3221 char c;
3222
3223 while ((c = *src++) != 0)
3224 *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
3225
3226 *dest = 0;
3227 }
3228
3229 /* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
3230 from haystack. */
3231
3232 static void
3233 strcut (char *haystack, const char *needle)
3234 {
3235 haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
3236
3237 if (haystack)
3238 {
3239 char *src;
3240
3241 for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
3242 *haystack++ = *src++;
3243
3244 *haystack = 0;
3245 }
3246 }
3247
3248 /* Compare two target format name strings.
3249 Return a value indicating how "similar" they are. */
3250
3251 static int
3252 name_compare (const char *first, const char *second)
3253 {
3254 char *copy1;
3255 char *copy2;
3256 int result;
3257
3258 copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
3259 copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
3260
3261 /* Convert the names to lower case. */
3262 stricpy (copy1, first);
3263 stricpy (copy2, second);
3264
3265 /* Remove size and endian strings from the name. */
3266 strcut (copy1, "big");
3267 strcut (copy1, "little");
3268 strcut (copy2, "big");
3269 strcut (copy2, "little");
3270
3271 /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
3272 starting from the beginning. If both strings are
3273 the same then return 10 * their length. */
3274 for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
3275 if (copy1[result] == 0)
3276 {
3277 result *= 10;
3278 break;
3279 }
3280
3281 free (copy1);
3282 free (copy2);
3283
3284 return result;
3285 }
3286
3287 /* Set by closest_target_match() below. */
3288 static const bfd_target *winner;
3289
3290 /* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
3291 requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
3292 match to the original output target. */
3293
3294 static int
3295 closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3296 {
3297 const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
3298
3299 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
3300 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
3301 return 0;
3302
3303 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
3304 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
3305 return 0;
3306
3307 /* Must be the same flavour. */
3308 if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
3309 return 0;
3310
3311 /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors. */
3312 if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
3313 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
3314 || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
3315 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
3316 return 0;
3317
3318 /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one. */
3319 if (winner == NULL)
3320 {
3321 winner = target;
3322 return 0;
3323 }
3324
3325 /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
3326 Compare their names and choose the better one. */
3327 if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
3328 > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
3329 winner = target;
3330
3331 /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all. */
3332 return 0;
3333 }
3334
3335 /* Return the BFD target format of the first input file. */
3336
3337 static const char *
3338 get_first_input_target (void)
3339 {
3340 const char *target = NULL;
3341
3342 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
3343 {
3344 if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
3345 && s->flags.real)
3346 {
3347 ldfile_open_file (s);
3348
3349 if (s->the_bfd != NULL
3350 && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
3351 {
3352 target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
3353
3354 if (target != NULL)
3355 break;
3356 }
3357 }
3358 }
3359
3360 return target;
3361 }
3362
3363 const char *
3364 lang_get_output_target (void)
3365 {
3366 const char *target;
3367
3368 /* Has the user told us which output format to use? */
3369 if (output_target != NULL)
3370 return output_target;
3371
3372 /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
3373 the default? */
3374 if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
3375 return current_target;
3376
3377 /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file? */
3378 target = get_first_input_target ();
3379 if (target != NULL)
3380 return target;
3381
3382 /* Failed - use the default output target. */
3383 return default_target;
3384 }
3385
3386 /* Open the output file. */
3387
3388 static void
3389 open_output (const char *name)
3390 {
3391 output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
3392
3393 /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
3394 line? */
3395 if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
3396 {
3397 /* Get the chosen target. */
3398 const bfd_target *target
3399 = bfd_iterate_over_targets (get_target, (void *) output_target);
3400
3401 /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything. */
3402 if (target != NULL)
3403 {
3404 enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
3405
3406 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
3407 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
3408 else
3409 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
3410
3411 /* See if the target has the wrong endianness. This should
3412 not happen if the linker script has provided big and
3413 little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
3414 this. */
3415 if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
3416 {
3417 /* If it does, then see if the target provides
3418 an alternative with the correct endianness. */
3419 if (target->alternative_target != NULL
3420 && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
3421 output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
3422 else
3423 {
3424 /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
3425 the default target, but which has the desired
3426 endian characteristic. */
3427 bfd_iterate_over_targets (closest_target_match,
3428 (void *) target);
3429
3430 /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
3431 satisfy our requirements. */
3432 if (winner == NULL)
3433 einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
3434 " that match endianness requirement\n"));
3435 else
3436 output_target = winner->name;
3437 }
3438 }
3439 }
3440 }
3441
3442 link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
3443
3444 if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
3445 {
3446 if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
3447 einfo (_("%F%P: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
3448
3449 einfo (_("%F%P: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
3450 }
3451
3452 delete_output_file_on_failure = TRUE;
3453
3454 if (!bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
3455 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
3456 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
3457 ldfile_output_architecture,
3458 ldfile_output_machine))
3459 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
3460
3461 link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
3462 if (link_info.hash == NULL)
3463 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
3464
3465 bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
3466 }
3467
3468 static void
3469 ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
3470 {
3471 switch (statement->header.type)
3472 {
3473 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3474 ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
3475 open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
3476 ldemul_set_output_arch ();
3477 if (config.magic_demand_paged
3478 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3479 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
3480 else
3481 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
3482 if (config.text_read_only)
3483 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
3484 else
3485 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
3486 if (link_info.traditional_format)
3487 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3488 else
3489 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3490 break;
3491
3492 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3493 current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
3494 break;
3495 default:
3496 break;
3497 }
3498 }
3499
3500 static void
3501 init_opb (asection *s)
3502 {
3503 unsigned int x;
3504
3505 opb_shift = 0;
3506 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3507 && s != NULL
3508 && (s->flags & SEC_ELF_OCTETS) != 0)
3509 return;
3510
3511 x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
3512 ldfile_output_machine);
3513 if (x > 1)
3514 while ((x & 1) == 0)
3515 {
3516 x >>= 1;
3517 ++opb_shift;
3518 }
3519 ASSERT (x == 1);
3520 }
3521
3522 /* Open all the input files. */
3523
3524 enum open_bfd_mode
3525 {
3526 OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
3527 OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
3528 OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
3529 };
3530 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3531 static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
3532 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry *plugin_undefs = NULL;
3533 #endif
3534
3535 static void
3536 open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
3537 {
3538 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3539 {
3540 switch (s->header.type)
3541 {
3542 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3543 open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
3544 break;
3545 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3546 open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
3547 break;
3548 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3549 /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols. */
3550 if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3551 && s->wild_statement.filename
3552 && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
3553 && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
3554 lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
3555 open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
3556 break;
3557 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3558 {
3559 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
3560 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3561 lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert_save;
3562 #endif
3563
3564 /* We must continually search the entries in the group
3565 until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
3566 symbols. */
3567
3568 do
3569 {
3570 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3571 plugin_insert_save = plugin_insert;
3572 #endif
3573 undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
3574 open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
3575 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
3576 }
3577 while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail
3578 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3579 /* Objects inserted by a plugin, which are loaded
3580 before we hit this loop, may have added new
3581 undefs. */
3582 || (plugin_insert != plugin_insert_save && plugin_undefs)
3583 #endif
3584 );
3585 }
3586 break;
3587 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3588 current_target = s->target_statement.target;
3589 break;
3590 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3591 if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
3592 {
3593 lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
3594 lang_statement_list_type add;
3595 bfd *abfd;
3596
3597 s->input_statement.target = current_target;
3598
3599 /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
3600 is an archive which has already been searched, then
3601 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
3602 has been loaded already. Do the same for a rescan.
3603 Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs. */
3604 if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
3605 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3606 && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3607 || plugin_insert == NULL)
3608 #endif
3609 && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
3610 && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL
3611 && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive
3612 && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive)
3613 || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
3614 && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
3615 && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3616 && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3617 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0)))
3618 {
3619 s->input_statement.flags.loaded = FALSE;
3620 s->input_statement.flags.reload = TRUE;
3621 }
3622
3623 os_tail = lang_os_list.tail;
3624 lang_list_init (&add);
3625
3626 if (!load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
3627 config.make_executable = FALSE;
3628
3629 if (add.head != NULL)
3630 {
3631 /* If this was a script with output sections then
3632 tack any added statements on to the end of the
3633 list. This avoids having to reorder the output
3634 section statement list. Very likely the user
3635 forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
3636 naive user expectations. */
3637 if (os_tail != lang_os_list.tail)
3638 {
3639 einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
3640 " did you forget -T?\n"),
3641 s->input_statement.filename);
3642 *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
3643 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
3644 }
3645 else
3646 {
3647 *add.tail = s->header.next;
3648 s->header.next = add.head;
3649 }
3650 }
3651 }
3652 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3653 /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
3654 files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan. */
3655 if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
3656 plugin_insert = NULL;
3657 #endif
3658 break;
3659 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3660 if (s->assignment_statement.exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
3661 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3662 break;
3663 default:
3664 break;
3665 }
3666 }
3667
3668 /* Exit if any of the files were missing. */
3669 if (input_flags.missing_file)
3670 einfo ("%F");
3671 }
3672
3673 #ifdef ENABLE_LIBCTF
3674 /* Open the CTF sections in the input files with libctf: if any were opened,
3675 create a fake input file that we'll write the merged CTF data to later
3676 on. */
3677
3678 static void
3679 ldlang_open_ctf (void)
3680 {
3681 int any_ctf = 0;
3682 int err;
3683
3684 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3685 {
3686 asection *sect;
3687
3688 /* Incoming files from the compiler have a single ctf_file_t in them
3689 (which is presented to us by the libctf API in a ctf_archive_t
3690 wrapper): files derived from a previous relocatable link have a CTF
3691 archive containing possibly many CTF files. */
3692
3693 if ((file->the_ctf = ctf_bfdopen (file->the_bfd, &err)) == NULL)
3694 {
3695 if (err != ECTF_NOCTFDATA)
3696 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section in %pB not loaded; "
3697 "its types will be discarded: `%s'\n"), file->the_bfd,
3698 ctf_errmsg (err));
3699 continue;
3700 }
3701
3702 /* Prevent the contents of this section from being written, while
3703 requiring the section itself to be duplicated in the output. */
3704 /* This section must exist if ctf_bfdopen() succeeded. */
3705 sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (file->the_bfd, ".ctf");
3706 sect->size = 0;
3707 sect->flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
3708
3709 any_ctf = 1;
3710 }
3711
3712 if (!any_ctf)
3713 {
3714 ctf_output = NULL;
3715 return;
3716 }
3717
3718 if ((ctf_output = ctf_create (&err)) != NULL)
3719 return;
3720
3721 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF output not created: `%s'\n"),
3722 ctf_errmsg (err));
3723
3724 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (errfile)
3725 ctf_close (errfile->the_ctf);
3726 }
3727
3728 /* Emit CTF errors and warnings. */
3729 static void
3730 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (ctf_file_t *fp)
3731 {
3732 ctf_next_t *i = NULL;
3733 char *text;
3734 int is_warning;
3735
3736 while ((text = ctf_errwarning_next (fp, &i, &is_warning)) != NULL)
3737 {
3738 einfo (_("%s: `%s'\n"), is_warning ? _("CTF warning"): _("CTF error"),
3739 text);
3740 free (text);
3741 }
3742 if (ctf_errno (fp) != ECTF_NEXT_END)
3743 {
3744 einfo (_("CTF error: cannot get CTF errors: `%s'\n"),
3745 ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (fp)));
3746 }
3747
3748 ASSERT (ctf_errno (fp) != ECTF_INTERNAL);
3749 }
3750
3751 /* Merge together CTF sections. After this, only the symtab-dependent
3752 function and data object sections need adjustment. */
3753
3754 static void
3755 lang_merge_ctf (void)
3756 {
3757 asection *output_sect;
3758
3759 if (!ctf_output)
3760 return;
3761
3762 output_sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".ctf");
3763
3764 /* If the section was discarded, don't waste time merging. */
3765 if (output_sect == NULL)
3766 {
3767 ctf_file_close (ctf_output);
3768 ctf_output = NULL;
3769
3770 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3771 {
3772 ctf_close (file->the_ctf);
3773 file->the_ctf = NULL;
3774 }
3775 return;
3776 }
3777
3778 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3779 {
3780 if (!file->the_ctf)
3781 continue;
3782
3783 /* Takes ownership of file->the_ctf. */
3784 if (ctf_link_add_ctf (ctf_output, file->the_ctf, file->filename) < 0)
3785 {
3786 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section in %pB cannot be linked: `%s'\n"),
3787 file->the_bfd, ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
3788 ctf_close (file->the_ctf);
3789 file->the_ctf = NULL;
3790 continue;
3791 }
3792 }
3793
3794 if (ctf_link (ctf_output, CTF_LINK_SHARE_UNCONFLICTED) < 0)
3795 {
3796 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF linking failed; "
3797 "output will have no CTF section: `%s'\n"),
3798 ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
3799 if (output_sect)
3800 {
3801 output_sect->size = 0;
3802 output_sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3803 }
3804 }
3805 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (ctf_output);
3806 }
3807
3808 /* Let the emulation examine the symbol table and strtab to help it optimize the
3809 CTF, if supported. */
3810
3811 void
3812 ldlang_ctf_apply_strsym (struct elf_sym_strtab *syms, bfd_size_type symcount,
3813 struct elf_strtab_hash *symstrtab)
3814 {
3815 ldemul_examine_strtab_for_ctf (ctf_output, syms, symcount, symstrtab);
3816 }
3817
3818 /* Write out the CTF section. Called early, if the emulation isn't going to
3819 need to dedup against the strtab and symtab, then possibly called from the
3820 target linker code if the dedup has happened. */
3821 static void
3822 lang_write_ctf (int late)
3823 {
3824 size_t output_size;
3825 asection *output_sect;
3826
3827 if (!ctf_output)
3828 return;
3829
3830 if (late)
3831 {
3832 /* Emit CTF late if this emulation says it can do so. */
3833 if (ldemul_emit_ctf_early ())
3834 return;
3835 }
3836 else
3837 {
3838 if (!ldemul_emit_ctf_early ())
3839 return;
3840 }
3841
3842 /* Emit CTF. */
3843
3844 output_sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".ctf");
3845 if (output_sect)
3846 {
3847 output_sect->contents = ctf_link_write (ctf_output, &output_size,
3848 CTF_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD);
3849 output_sect->size = output_size;
3850 output_sect->flags |= SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_KEEP;
3851
3852 if (!output_sect->contents)
3853 {
3854 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section emission failed; "
3855 "output will have no CTF section: `%s'\n"),
3856 ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
3857 output_sect->size = 0;
3858 output_sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3859 }
3860
3861 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (ctf_output);
3862 }
3863
3864 /* This also closes every CTF input file used in the link. */
3865 ctf_file_close (ctf_output);
3866 ctf_output = NULL;
3867
3868 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3869 file->the_ctf = NULL;
3870 }
3871
3872 /* Write out the CTF section late, if the emulation needs that. */
3873
3874 void
3875 ldlang_write_ctf_late (void)
3876 {
3877 /* Trigger a "late call", if the emulation needs one. */
3878
3879 lang_write_ctf (1);
3880 }
3881 #else
3882 static void
3883 ldlang_open_ctf (void)
3884 {
3885 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3886 {
3887 asection *sect;
3888
3889 /* If built without CTF, warn and delete all CTF sections from the output.
3890 (The alternative would be to simply concatenate them, which does not
3891 yield a valid CTF section.) */
3892
3893 if ((sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (file->the_bfd, ".ctf")) != NULL)
3894 {
3895 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section in %pB not linkable: "
3896 "%P was built without support for CTF\n"), file->the_bfd);
3897 sect->size = 0;
3898 sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3899 }
3900 }
3901 }
3902
3903 static void lang_merge_ctf (void) {}
3904 void
3905 ldlang_ctf_apply_strsym (struct elf_sym_strtab *syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3906 bfd_size_type symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3907 struct elf_strtab_hash *symstrtab ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3908 {
3909 }
3910 static void lang_write_ctf (int late ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) {}
3911 void ldlang_write_ctf_late (void) {}
3912 #endif
3913
3914 /* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
3915 This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
3916 the time the ld command line is processed. First we put the name
3917 on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
3918 name to the symbol table. */
3919
3920 typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
3921
3922 #define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
3923
3924 void
3925 ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bfd_boolean cmdline ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3926 {
3927 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
3928
3929 new_undef = stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
3930 new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
3931 ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
3932
3933 new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
3934
3935 if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
3936 insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
3937 }
3938
3939 /* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table. */
3940
3941 static void
3942 insert_undefined (const char *name)
3943 {
3944 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3945
3946 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
3947 if (h == NULL)
3948 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
3949 if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
3950 {
3951 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
3952 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
3953 h->non_ir_ref_regular = TRUE;
3954 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
3955 ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->mark = 1;
3956 bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
3957 }
3958 }
3959
3960 /* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
3961 into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
3962 script file. */
3963
3964 static void
3965 lang_place_undefineds (void)
3966 {
3967 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
3968
3969 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3970 insert_undefined (ptr->name);
3971 }
3972
3973 /* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required
3974 be defined. */
3975
3976 struct require_defined_symbol
3977 {
3978 const char *name;
3979 struct require_defined_symbol *next;
3980 };
3981
3982 /* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined. */
3983
3984 static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list;
3985
3986 /* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be
3987 defined. */
3988
3989 void
3990 ldlang_add_require_defined (const char *const name)
3991 {
3992 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3993
3994 ldlang_add_undef (name, TRUE);
3995 ptr = stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr));
3996 ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list;
3997 ptr->name = strdup (name);
3998 require_defined_symbol_list = ptr;
3999 }
4000
4001 /* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined,
4002 raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined. */
4003
4004 static void
4005 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void)
4006 {
4007 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
4008
4009 for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
4010 {
4011 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4012
4013 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name,
4014 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4015 if (h == NULL
4016 || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
4017 && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4018 einfo(_("%X%P: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name);
4019 }
4020 }
4021
4022 /* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections. */
4023
4024 static void
4025 check_input_sections
4026 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4027 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
4028 {
4029 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
4030 {
4031 switch (s->header.type)
4032 {
4033 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4034 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
4035 output_section_statement);
4036 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
4037 return;
4038 break;
4039 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4040 check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
4041 output_section_statement);
4042 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
4043 return;
4044 break;
4045 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4046 check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
4047 output_section_statement);
4048 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
4049 return;
4050 break;
4051 default:
4052 break;
4053 }
4054 }
4055 }
4056
4057 /* Update wildcard statements if needed. */
4058
4059 static void
4060 update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
4061 {
4062 struct wildcard_list *sec;
4063
4064 switch (sort_section)
4065 {
4066 default:
4067 FAIL ();
4068
4069 case none:
4070 break;
4071
4072 case by_name:
4073 case by_alignment:
4074 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
4075 {
4076 switch (s->header.type)
4077 {
4078 default:
4079 break;
4080
4081 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4082 for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
4083 sec = sec->next)
4084 /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections. */
4085 if (strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".init") != 0
4086 && strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".fini") != 0)
4087 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
4088 {
4089 case none:
4090 sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
4091 break;
4092 case by_name:
4093 if (sort_section == by_alignment)
4094 sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
4095 break;
4096 case by_alignment:
4097 if (sort_section == by_name)
4098 sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
4099 break;
4100 default:
4101 break;
4102 }
4103 break;
4104
4105 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4106 update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
4107 break;
4108
4109 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4110 update_wild_statements
4111 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
4112 break;
4113
4114 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4115 update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
4116 break;
4117 }
4118 }
4119 break;
4120 }
4121 }
4122
4123 /* Open input files and attach to output sections. */
4124
4125 static void
4126 map_input_to_output_sections
4127 (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
4128 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4129 {
4130 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
4131 {
4132 lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
4133 flagword flags;
4134
4135 switch (s->header.type)
4136 {
4137 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4138 wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
4139 break;
4140 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4141 map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
4142 target,
4143 os);
4144 break;
4145 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4146 tos = &s->output_section_statement;
4147 if (tos->constraint != 0)
4148 {
4149 if (tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RW
4150 && tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RO)
4151 break;
4152 tos->all_input_readonly = TRUE;
4153 check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
4154 if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
4155 {
4156 tos->constraint = -1;
4157 break;
4158 }
4159 }
4160 map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
4161 target,
4162 tos);
4163 break;
4164 case lang_output_statement_enum:
4165 break;
4166 case lang_target_statement_enum:
4167 target = s->target_statement.target;
4168 break;
4169 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4170 map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
4171 target,
4172 os);
4173 break;
4174 case lang_data_statement_enum:
4175 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
4176 are initialized. */
4177 exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
4178 /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
4179 these may be overridden by the script. */
4180 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
4181 switch (os->sectype)
4182 {
4183 case normal_section:
4184 case overlay_section:
4185 case first_overlay_section:
4186 break;
4187 case noalloc_section:
4188 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
4189 break;
4190 case noload_section:
4191 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
4192 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
4193 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
4194 else
4195 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
4196 break;
4197 }
4198 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
4199 init_os (os, flags);
4200 else
4201 os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
4202 break;
4203 case lang_input_section_enum:
4204 break;
4205 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4206 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4207 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4208 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
4209 case lang_input_statement_enum:
4210 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
4211 init_os (os, 0);
4212 break;
4213 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
4214 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
4215 init_os (os, 0);
4216
4217 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
4218 are initialized. */
4219 exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
4220 break;
4221 case lang_address_statement_enum:
4222 /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
4223 If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
4224 directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
4225 processed the segment marker. Originally, the linker
4226 treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
4227 command-line) as section directives. We honor the
4228 section directive semantics for backwards compatibility;
4229 linker scripts that do not specifically check for
4230 SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics. */
4231 if (!s->address_statement.segment
4232 || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
4233 {
4234 const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
4235
4236 /* Create the output section statement here so that
4237 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
4238 script sections. If we let the orphan placement code
4239 place them in amongst other sections then the address
4240 will affect following script sections, which is
4241 likely to surprise naive users. */
4242 tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, TRUE);
4243 tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
4244 if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
4245 init_os (tos, 0);
4246 }
4247 break;
4248 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
4249 break;
4250 }
4251 }
4252 }
4253
4254 /* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
4255 start of the list and places them after the output section
4256 statement specified by the insert. This operation is complicated
4257 by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
4258 statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements.
4259 FIXME someday: Twiddling with the list not only moves statements
4260 from the user's script but also input and group statements that are
4261 built from command line object files and --start-group. We only
4262 get away with this because the list pointers used by file_chain
4263 and input_file_chain are not reordered, and processing via
4264 statement_list after this point mostly ignores input statements.
4265 One exception is the map file, where LOAD and START GROUP/END GROUP
4266 can end up looking odd. */
4267
4268 static void
4269 process_insert_statements (lang_statement_union_type **start)
4270 {
4271 lang_statement_union_type **s;
4272 lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
4273 lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
4274 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4275
4276 s = start;
4277 while (*s != NULL)
4278 {
4279 if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
4280 {
4281 /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
4282 statement in the sequence we may be about to move. */
4283 os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
4284
4285 ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
4286 last_os = os;
4287
4288 /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
4289 won't match this output section statement. At this
4290 stage in linking constraint has values in the range
4291 [-1, ONLY_IN_RW]. */
4292 last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
4293 if (first_os == NULL)
4294 first_os = last_os;
4295 }
4296 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_group_statement_enum)
4297 {
4298 /* A user might put -T between --start-group and
4299 --end-group. One way this odd construct might arise is
4300 from a wrapper around ld to change library search
4301 behaviour. For example:
4302 #! /bin/sh
4303 exec real_ld --start-group "$@" --end-group
4304 This isn't completely unreasonable so go looking inside a
4305 group statement for insert statements. */
4306 process_insert_statements (&(*s)->group_statement.children.head);
4307 }
4308 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
4309 {
4310 lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
4311 lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
4312 lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
4313 lang_statement_union_type *first;
4314
4315 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
4316 {
4317 einfo (_("warning: INSERT statement in linker script is "
4318 "incompatible with --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"));
4319 }
4320
4321 where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
4322 if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
4323 {
4324 do
4325 where = where->prev;
4326 while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
4327 }
4328 if (where == NULL)
4329 {
4330 einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
4331 return;
4332 }
4333
4334 /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list. */
4335 if (last_os != NULL)
4336 {
4337 asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
4338 struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
4339
4340 /* Snip out the output sections we are moving. */
4341 first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
4342 if (last_os->next == NULL)
4343 {
4344 next = &first_os->prev->next;
4345 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
4346 }
4347 else
4348 last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
4349 /* Add them in at the new position. */
4350 last_os->next = where->next;
4351 if (where->next == NULL)
4352 {
4353 next = &last_os->next;
4354 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
4355 }
4356 else
4357 where->next->prev = last_os;
4358 first_os->prev = where;
4359 where->next = first_os;
4360
4361 /* Move the bfd sections in the same way. */
4362 first_sec = NULL;
4363 last_sec = NULL;
4364 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4365 {
4366 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4367 if (os->bfd_section != NULL
4368 && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
4369 {
4370 last_sec = os->bfd_section;
4371 if (first_sec == NULL)
4372 first_sec = last_sec;
4373 }
4374 if (os == last_os)
4375 break;
4376 }
4377 if (last_sec != NULL)
4378 {
4379 asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
4380 if (sec == NULL)
4381 sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
4382
4383 /* The place we want to insert must come after the
4384 sections we are moving. So if we find no
4385 section or if the section is the same as our
4386 last section, then no move is needed. */
4387 if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
4388 {
4389 /* Trim them off. */
4390 if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
4391 first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
4392 else
4393 link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
4394 if (last_sec->next != NULL)
4395 last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
4396 else
4397 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
4398 /* Add back. */
4399 last_sec->next = sec->next;
4400 if (sec->next != NULL)
4401 sec->next->prev = last_sec;
4402 else
4403 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
4404 first_sec->prev = sec;
4405 sec->next = first_sec;
4406 }
4407 }
4408
4409 first_os = NULL;
4410 last_os = NULL;
4411 }
4412
4413 ptr = insert_os_after (where);
4414 /* Snip everything from the start of the list, up to and
4415 including the insert statement we are currently processing. */
4416 first = *start;
4417 *start = (*s)->header.next;
4418 /* Add them back where they belong, minus the insert. */
4419 *s = *ptr;
4420 if (*s == NULL)
4421 statement_list.tail = s;
4422 *ptr = first;
4423 s = start;
4424 continue;
4425 }
4426 s = &(*s)->header.next;
4427 }
4428
4429 /* Undo constraint twiddling. */
4430 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4431 {
4432 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4433 if (os == last_os)
4434 break;
4435 }
4436 }
4437
4438 /* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
4439 added. For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
4440 sections if they turn out to be not needed. Clean them up here. */
4441
4442 void
4443 strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
4444 {
4445 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4446
4447 /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done). */
4448 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4449 {
4450 expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
4451 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
4452 one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, FALSE);
4453 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
4454 }
4455
4456 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
4457 os != NULL;
4458 os = os->next)
4459 {
4460 asection *output_section;
4461 bfd_boolean exclude;
4462
4463 if (os->constraint < 0)
4464 continue;
4465
4466 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4467 if (output_section == NULL)
4468 continue;
4469
4470 exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
4471 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
4472 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
4473 output_section));
4474
4475 /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
4476 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash. These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4477 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
4478 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE. */
4479 if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
4480 {
4481 asection *s;
4482
4483 for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
4484 if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4485 && ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
4486 || link_info.emitrelocations))
4487 {
4488 exclude = FALSE;
4489 break;
4490 }
4491 }
4492
4493 if (exclude)
4494 {
4495 /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
4496 removed output section statement may still be used. */
4497 if (!os->update_dot)
4498 os->ignored = TRUE;
4499 output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
4500 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
4501 link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
4502 }
4503 }
4504 }
4505
4506 /* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and
4507 asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite. */
4508
4509 void
4510 lang_clear_os_map (void)
4511 {
4512 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4513
4514 if (map_head_is_link_order)
4515 return;
4516
4517 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
4518 os != NULL;
4519 os = os->next)
4520 {
4521 asection *output_section;
4522
4523 if (os->constraint < 0)
4524 continue;
4525
4526 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4527 if (output_section == NULL)
4528 continue;
4529
4530 /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders. */
4531 output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
4532 output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
4533 }
4534
4535 /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
4536 and map_tail link_order fields. */
4537 map_head_is_link_order = TRUE;
4538 }
4539
4540 static void
4541 print_output_section_statement
4542 (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
4543 {
4544 asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4545 int len;
4546
4547 if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
4548 {
4549 minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
4550
4551 if (section != NULL)
4552 {
4553 print_dot = section->vma;
4554
4555 len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
4556 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4557 {
4558 print_nl ();
4559 len = 0;
4560 }
4561 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4562 {
4563 print_space ();
4564 ++len;
4565 }
4566
4567 minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, TO_ADDR (section->size));
4568
4569 if (section->vma != section->lma)
4570 minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
4571
4572 if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
4573 exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
4574 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
4575 }
4576
4577 print_nl ();
4578 }
4579
4580 print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
4581 output_section_statement);
4582 }
4583
4584 static void
4585 print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
4586 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
4587 {
4588 unsigned int i;
4589 bfd_boolean is_dot;
4590 etree_type *tree;
4591 asection *osec;
4592
4593 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4594 print_space ();
4595
4596 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
4597 {
4598 is_dot = FALSE;
4599 tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
4600 }
4601 else
4602 {
4603 const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
4604
4605 is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
4606 tree = assignment->exp;
4607 }
4608
4609 osec = output_section->bfd_section;
4610 if (osec == NULL)
4611 osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4612
4613 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide)
4614 exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
4615 else
4616 expld.result.valid_p = FALSE;
4617
4618 if (expld.result.valid_p)
4619 {
4620 bfd_vma value;
4621
4622 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
4623 || is_dot
4624 || expld.assign_name != NULL)
4625 {
4626 value = expld.result.value;
4627
4628 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4629 value += expld.result.section->vma;
4630
4631 minfo ("0x%V", value);
4632 if (is_dot)
4633 print_dot = value;
4634 }
4635 else
4636 {
4637 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4638
4639 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
4640 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4641 if (h != NULL
4642 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4643 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4644 {
4645 value = h->u.def.value;
4646 value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
4647 value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
4648
4649 minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
4650 }
4651 else
4652 minfo ("[unresolved]");
4653 }
4654 }
4655 else
4656 {
4657 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide)
4658 minfo ("[!provide]");
4659 else
4660 minfo ("*undef* ");
4661 #ifdef BFD64
4662 minfo (" ");
4663 #endif
4664 }
4665 expld.assign_name = NULL;
4666
4667 minfo (" ");
4668 exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
4669 print_nl ();
4670 }
4671
4672 static void
4673 print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
4674 {
4675 if (statm->filename != NULL)
4676 fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
4677 }
4678
4679 /* Print all symbols defined in a particular section. This is called
4680 via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols. */
4681
4682 bfd_boolean
4683 print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
4684 {
4685 asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
4686
4687 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4688 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4689 && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
4690 {
4691 int i;
4692
4693 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4694 print_space ();
4695 minfo ("0x%V ",
4696 (hash_entry->u.def.value
4697 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
4698 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
4699
4700 minfo (" %pT\n", hash_entry->root.string);
4701 }
4702
4703 return TRUE;
4704 }
4705
4706 static int
4707 hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
4708 {
4709 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
4710 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
4711
4712 if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
4713 return -1;
4714 else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
4715 return 1;
4716 else
4717 return 0;
4718 }
4719
4720 static void
4721 print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
4722 {
4723 input_section_userdata_type *ud = bfd_section_userdata (sec);
4724 struct map_symbol_def *def;
4725 struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
4726 unsigned int i;
4727
4728 if (!ud)
4729 return;
4730
4731 *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
4732
4733 /* Sort the symbols by address. */
4734 entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
4735 obstack_alloc (&map_obstack,
4736 ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
4737
4738 for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
4739 entries[i] = def->entry;
4740
4741 qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
4742 hash_entry_addr_cmp);
4743
4744 /* Print the symbols. */
4745 for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
4746 ldemul_print_symbol (entries[i], sec);
4747
4748 obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
4749 }
4750
4751 /* Print information about an input section to the map file. */
4752
4753 static void
4754 print_input_section (asection *i, bfd_boolean is_discarded)
4755 {
4756 bfd_size_type size = i->size;
4757 int len;
4758 bfd_vma addr;
4759
4760 init_opb (i);
4761
4762 print_space ();
4763 minfo ("%s", i->name);
4764
4765 len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
4766 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4767 {
4768 print_nl ();
4769 len = 0;
4770 }
4771 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4772 {
4773 print_space ();
4774 ++len;
4775 }
4776
4777 if (i->output_section != NULL
4778 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4779 addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
4780 else
4781 {
4782 addr = print_dot;
4783 if (!is_discarded)
4784 size = 0;
4785 }
4786
4787 minfo ("0x%V %W %pB\n", addr, TO_ADDR (size), i->owner);
4788
4789 if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
4790 {
4791 len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
4792 #ifdef BFD64
4793 len += 16;
4794 #else
4795 len += 8;
4796 #endif
4797 while (len > 0)
4798 {
4799 print_space ();
4800 --len;
4801 }
4802
4803 minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), TO_ADDR (i->rawsize));
4804 }
4805
4806 if (i->output_section != NULL
4807 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4808 {
4809 if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
4810 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, ldemul_print_symbol, i);
4811 else
4812 print_all_symbols (i);
4813
4814 /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
4815 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
4816 later overlay is shorter than an earier one. */
4817 if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
4818 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4819 }
4820 }
4821
4822 static void
4823 print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
4824 {
4825 size_t size;
4826 unsigned char *p;
4827 fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
4828 for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4829 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4830 fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
4831 }
4832
4833 static void
4834 print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
4835 {
4836 int i;
4837 bfd_vma addr;
4838 bfd_size_type size;
4839 const char *name;
4840
4841 init_opb (data->output_section);
4842 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4843 print_space ();
4844
4845 addr = data->output_offset;
4846 if (data->output_section != NULL)
4847 addr += data->output_section->vma;
4848
4849 switch (data->type)
4850 {
4851 default:
4852 abort ();
4853 case BYTE:
4854 size = BYTE_SIZE;
4855 name = "BYTE";
4856 break;
4857 case SHORT:
4858 size = SHORT_SIZE;
4859 name = "SHORT";
4860 break;
4861 case LONG:
4862 size = LONG_SIZE;
4863 name = "LONG";
4864 break;
4865 case QUAD:
4866 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4867 name = "QUAD";
4868 break;
4869 case SQUAD:
4870 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4871 name = "SQUAD";
4872 break;
4873 }
4874
4875 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
4876 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
4877 minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, TO_ADDR (size), name, data->value);
4878
4879 if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
4880 {
4881 print_space ();
4882 exp_print_tree (data->exp);
4883 }
4884
4885 print_nl ();
4886
4887 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4888 }
4889
4890 /* Print an address statement. These are generated by options like
4891 -Ttext. */
4892
4893 static void
4894 print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
4895 {
4896 minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
4897 exp_print_tree (address->address);
4898 print_nl ();
4899 }
4900
4901 /* Print a reloc statement. */
4902
4903 static void
4904 print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
4905 {
4906 int i;
4907 bfd_vma addr;
4908 bfd_size_type size;
4909
4910 init_opb (reloc->output_section);
4911 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4912 print_space ();
4913
4914 addr = reloc->output_offset;
4915 if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
4916 addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
4917
4918 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
4919
4920 minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, TO_ADDR (size), reloc->howto->name);
4921
4922 if (reloc->name != NULL)
4923 minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
4924 else
4925 minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
4926
4927 exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
4928
4929 print_nl ();
4930
4931 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4932 }
4933
4934 static void
4935 print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
4936 {
4937 int len;
4938 bfd_vma addr;
4939
4940 init_opb (s->output_section);
4941 minfo (" *fill*");
4942
4943 len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
4944 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4945 {
4946 print_space ();
4947 ++len;
4948 }
4949
4950 addr = s->output_offset;
4951 if (s->output_section != NULL)
4952 addr += s->output_section->vma;
4953 minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, TO_ADDR (s->size));
4954
4955 if (s->fill->size != 0)
4956 {
4957 size_t size;
4958 unsigned char *p;
4959 for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4960 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4961 }
4962
4963 print_nl ();
4964
4965 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
4966 }
4967
4968 static void
4969 print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
4970 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4971 {
4972 struct wildcard_list *sec;
4973
4974 print_space ();
4975
4976 if (w->exclude_name_list)
4977 {
4978 name_list *tmp;
4979 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", w->exclude_name_list->name);
4980 for (tmp = w->exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4981 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4982 minfo (") ");
4983 }
4984
4985 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4986 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4987 if (w->filename != NULL)
4988 minfo ("%s", w->filename);
4989 else
4990 minfo ("*");
4991 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4992 minfo (")");
4993
4994 minfo ("(");
4995 for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
4996 {
4997 int closing_paren = 0;
4998
4999 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
5000 {
5001 case none:
5002 break;
5003
5004 case by_name:
5005 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
5006 closing_paren = 1;
5007 break;
5008
5009 case by_alignment:
5010 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
5011 closing_paren = 1;
5012 break;
5013
5014 case by_name_alignment:
5015 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
5016 closing_paren = 2;
5017 break;
5018
5019 case by_alignment_name:
5020 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(SORT_BY_NAME(");
5021 closing_paren = 2;
5022 break;
5023
5024 case by_none:
5025 minfo ("SORT_NONE(");
5026 closing_paren = 1;
5027 break;
5028
5029 case by_init_priority:
5030 minfo ("SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY(");
5031 closing_paren = 1;
5032 break;
5033 }
5034
5035 if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
5036 {
5037 name_list *tmp;
5038 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
5039 for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
5040 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
5041 minfo (") ");
5042 }
5043 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
5044 minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
5045 else
5046 minfo ("*");
5047 for (;closing_paren > 0; closing_paren--)
5048 minfo (")");
5049 if (sec->next)
5050 minfo (" ");
5051 }
5052 minfo (")");
5053
5054 print_nl ();
5055
5056 print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
5057 }
5058
5059 /* Print a group statement. */
5060
5061 static void
5062 print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
5063 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
5064 {
5065 fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
5066 print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
5067 fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
5068 }
5069
5070 /* Print the list of statements in S.
5071 This can be called for any statement type. */
5072
5073 static void
5074 print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5075 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
5076 {
5077 while (s != NULL)
5078 {
5079 print_statement (s, os);
5080 s = s->header.next;
5081 }
5082 }
5083
5084 /* Print the first statement in statement list S.
5085 This can be called for any statement type. */
5086
5087 static void
5088 print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5089 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
5090 {
5091 switch (s->header.type)
5092 {
5093 default:
5094 fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
5095 FAIL ();
5096 break;
5097 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5098 if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
5099 {
5100 if (constructors_sorted)
5101 minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
5102 else
5103 minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
5104 print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
5105 }
5106 break;
5107 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5108 print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
5109 break;
5110 case lang_address_statement_enum:
5111 print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
5112 break;
5113 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5114 minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
5115 break;
5116 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5117 print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
5118 break;
5119 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5120 print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
5121 break;
5122 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5123 print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
5124 break;
5125 case lang_input_section_enum:
5126 print_input_section (s->input_section.section, FALSE);
5127 break;
5128 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5129 print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
5130 break;
5131 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5132 print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
5133 break;
5134 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5135 print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
5136 break;
5137 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5138 fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
5139 break;
5140 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5141 minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
5142 if (output_target != NULL)
5143 minfo (" %s", output_target);
5144 minfo (")\n");
5145 break;
5146 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5147 print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
5148 break;
5149 case lang_group_statement_enum:
5150 print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
5151 break;
5152 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5153 minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
5154 s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
5155 s->insert_statement.where);
5156 break;
5157 }
5158 }
5159
5160 static void
5161 print_statements (void)
5162 {
5163 print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
5164 }
5165
5166 /* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
5167 If N == 0, nothing is printed.
5168 If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
5169 Intended to be called from GDB. */
5170
5171 void
5172 dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
5173 {
5174 FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
5175
5176 config.map_file = stderr;
5177
5178 if (n < 0)
5179 print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
5180 else
5181 {
5182 while (s && --n >= 0)
5183 {
5184 print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
5185 s = s->header.next;
5186 }
5187 }
5188
5189 config.map_file = map_save;
5190 }
5191
5192 static void
5193 insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
5194 fill_type *fill,
5195 bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
5196 asection *output_section,
5197 bfd_vma dot)
5198 {
5199 static fill_type zero_fill;
5200 lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
5201
5202 if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
5203 pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
5204 ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
5205 if (pad != NULL
5206 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
5207 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
5208 {
5209 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
5210 }
5211 else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
5212 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
5213 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
5214 {
5215 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
5216 }
5217 else
5218 {
5219 /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain. */
5220 pad = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
5221 pad->header.next = *ptr;
5222 *ptr = pad;
5223 pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
5224 pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
5225 if (fill == NULL)
5226 fill = &zero_fill;
5227 pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
5228 }
5229 pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
5230 pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
5231 if (!(output_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5232 output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
5233 - output_section->vma);
5234 }
5235
5236 /* Work out how much this section will move the dot point. */
5237
5238 static bfd_vma
5239 size_input_section
5240 (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
5241 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5242 fill_type *fill,
5243 bfd_boolean *removed,
5244 bfd_vma dot)
5245 {
5246 lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
5247 asection *i = is->section;
5248 asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5249 *removed = 0;
5250
5251 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
5252 {
5253 /* If the input section I has already been successfully assigned
5254 to an output section other than O, don't bother with it and
5255 let the caller remove it from the list. Keep processing in
5256 case we have already handled O, because the repeated passes
5257 have reinitialized its size. */
5258 if (i->already_assigned && i->already_assigned != o)
5259 {
5260 *removed = 1;
5261 return dot;
5262 }
5263 }
5264
5265 if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
5266 i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma;
5267 else if (((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
5268 || output_section_statement->ignored)
5269 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
5270 else
5271 {
5272 bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
5273
5274 /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
5275 then to the output section's requirement. If this alignment
5276 is greater than any seen before, then record it too. Perform
5277 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement. */
5278
5279 if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != NULL)
5280 i->alignment_power
5281 = exp_get_power (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment,
5282 "subsection alignment");
5283
5284 if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
5285 o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
5286
5287 alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
5288
5289 if (alignment_needed != 0)
5290 {
5291 insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
5292 dot += alignment_needed;
5293 }
5294
5295 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
5296 {
5297 /* If I would overflow O, let the caller remove I from the
5298 list. */
5299 if (output_section_statement->region)
5300 {
5301 bfd_vma end = output_section_statement->region->origin
5302 + output_section_statement->region->length;
5303
5304 if (dot + TO_ADDR (i->size) > end)
5305 {
5306 if (i->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
5307 einfo (_("%F%P: Output section '%s' not large enough for the "
5308 "linker-created stubs section '%s'.\n"),
5309 i->output_section->name, i->name);
5310
5311 if (i->rawsize && i->rawsize != i->size)
5312 einfo (_("%F%P: Relaxation not supported with "
5313 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions (section '%s' "
5314 "would overflow '%s' after it changed size).\n"),
5315 i->name, i->output_section->name);
5316
5317 *removed = 1;
5318 dot = end;
5319 i->output_section = NULL;
5320 return dot;
5321 }
5322 }
5323 }
5324
5325 /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes. */
5326 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
5327
5328 /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now. */
5329 dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
5330 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5331 o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
5332
5333 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
5334 {
5335 /* Record that I was successfully assigned to O, and update
5336 its actual output section too. */
5337 i->already_assigned = o;
5338 i->output_section = o;
5339 }
5340 }
5341
5342 return dot;
5343 }
5344
5345 struct check_sec
5346 {
5347 asection *sec;
5348 bfd_boolean warned;
5349 };
5350
5351 static int
5352 sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
5353 {
5354 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
5355 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
5356
5357 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
5358 return -1;
5359 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
5360 return 1;
5361 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
5362 return -1;
5363 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
5364 return 1;
5365
5366 return 0;
5367 }
5368
5369 static int
5370 sort_sections_by_vma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
5371 {
5372 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
5373 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
5374
5375 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
5376 return -1;
5377 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
5378 return 1;
5379 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
5380 return -1;
5381 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
5382 return 1;
5383
5384 return 0;
5385 }
5386
5387 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
5388 ((s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
5389
5390 #define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
5391 ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || IS_TBSS (s))
5392
5393 /* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
5394 sections. This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
5395 section addresses of the two sections. Also check whether any memory
5396 region has overflowed. */
5397
5398 static void
5399 lang_check_section_addresses (void)
5400 {
5401 asection *s, *p;
5402 struct check_sec *sections;
5403 size_t i, count;
5404 bfd_vma addr_mask;
5405 bfd_vma s_start;
5406 bfd_vma s_end;
5407 bfd_vma p_start = 0;
5408 bfd_vma p_end = 0;
5409 lang_memory_region_type *m;
5410 bfd_boolean overlays;
5411
5412 /* Detect address space overflow on allocated sections. */
5413 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 <<
5414 (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (link_info.output_bfd) - 1)) - 1;
5415 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
5416 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5417 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5418 {
5419 s_end = (s->vma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5420 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->vma & addr_mask))
5421 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA wraps around address space\n"),
5422 s->name);
5423 else
5424 {
5425 s_end = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5426 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->lma & addr_mask))
5427 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA wraps around address space\n"),
5428 s->name);
5429 }
5430 }
5431
5432 if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
5433 return;
5434
5435 count = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd);
5436 sections = XNEWVEC (struct check_sec, count);
5437
5438 /* Scan all sections in the output list. */
5439 count = 0;
5440 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5441 {
5442 if (IGNORE_SECTION (s)
5443 || s->size == 0)
5444 continue;
5445
5446 sections[count].sec = s;
5447 sections[count].warned = FALSE;
5448 count++;
5449 }
5450
5451 if (count <= 1)
5452 {
5453 free (sections);
5454 return;
5455 }
5456
5457 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_lma);
5458
5459 /* First check section LMAs. There should be no overlap of LMAs on
5460 loadable sections, even with overlays. */
5461 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5462 {
5463 s = sections[i].sec;
5464 init_opb (s);
5465 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
5466 {
5467 s_start = s->lma;
5468 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5469
5470 /* Look for an overlap. We have sorted sections by lma, so
5471 we know that s_start >= p_start. Besides the obvious
5472 case of overlap when the current section starts before
5473 the previous one ends, we also must have overlap if the
5474 previous section wraps around the address space. */
5475 if (p != NULL
5476 && (s_start <= p_end
5477 || p_end < p_start))
5478 {
5479 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA [%V,%V]"
5480 " overlaps section %s LMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5481 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5482 sections[i].warned = TRUE;
5483 }
5484 p = s;
5485 p_start = s_start;
5486 p_end = s_end;
5487 }
5488 }
5489
5490 /* If any non-zero size allocated section (excluding tbss) starts at
5491 exactly the same VMA as another such section, then we have
5492 overlays. Overlays generated by the OVERLAY keyword will have
5493 this property. It is possible to intentionally generate overlays
5494 that fail this test, but it would be unusual. */
5495 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_vma);
5496 overlays = FALSE;
5497 p_start = sections[0].sec->vma;
5498 for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
5499 {
5500 s_start = sections[i].sec->vma;
5501 if (p_start == s_start)
5502 {
5503 overlays = TRUE;
5504 break;
5505 }
5506 p_start = s_start;
5507 }
5508
5509 /* Now check section VMAs if no overlays were detected. */
5510 if (!overlays)
5511 {
5512 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5513 {
5514 s = sections[i].sec;
5515 init_opb (s);
5516 s_start = s->vma;
5517 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5518
5519 if (p != NULL
5520 && !sections[i].warned
5521 && (s_start <= p_end
5522 || p_end < p_start))
5523 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA [%V,%V]"
5524 " overlaps section %s VMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5525 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5526 p = s;
5527 p_start = s_start;
5528 p_end = s_end;
5529 }
5530 }
5531
5532 free (sections);
5533
5534 /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
5535 We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
5536 explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
5537 diagnostics are adequate for that case.
5538
5539 FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
5540 might overflow a 32-bit integer. There is, alas, no way to print
5541 a bfd_vma quantity in decimal. */
5542 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
5543 if (m->had_full_message)
5544 {
5545 unsigned long over = m->current - (m->origin + m->length);
5546 einfo (ngettext ("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu byte\n",
5547 "%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu bytes\n",
5548 over),
5549 m->name_list.name, over);
5550 }
5551 }
5552
5553 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. We explicitly permit the
5554 current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
5555 non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
5556 calculation wraps around. */
5557
5558 static void
5559 os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
5560 lang_memory_region_type *region,
5561 etree_type *tree,
5562 bfd_vma rbase)
5563 {
5564 if ((region->current < region->origin
5565 || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
5566 && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
5567 || rbase == 0))
5568 {
5569 if (tree != NULL)
5570 {
5571 einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %pB section `%s'"
5572 " is not within region `%s'\n"),
5573 region->current,
5574 os->bfd_section->owner,
5575 os->bfd_section->name,
5576 region->name_list.name);
5577 }
5578 else if (!region->had_full_message)
5579 {
5580 region->had_full_message = TRUE;
5581
5582 einfo (_("%X%P: %pB section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
5583 os->bfd_section->owner,
5584 os->bfd_section->name,
5585 region->name_list.name);
5586 }
5587 }
5588 }
5589
5590 static void
5591 ldlang_check_relro_region (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5592 seg_align_type *seg)
5593 {
5594 if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_start)
5595 {
5596 if (!seg->relro_start_stat)
5597 seg->relro_start_stat = s;
5598 else
5599 {
5600 ASSERT (seg->relro_start_stat == s);
5601 }
5602 }
5603 else if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_end)
5604 {
5605 if (!seg->relro_end_stat)
5606 seg->relro_end_stat = s;
5607 else
5608 {
5609 ASSERT (seg->relro_end_stat == s);
5610 }
5611 }
5612 }
5613
5614 /* Set the sizes for all the output sections. */
5615
5616 static bfd_vma
5617 lang_size_sections_1
5618 (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
5619 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5620 fill_type *fill,
5621 bfd_vma dot,
5622 bfd_boolean *relax,
5623 bfd_boolean check_regions)
5624 {
5625 lang_statement_union_type *s;
5626 lang_statement_union_type *prev_s = NULL;
5627 bfd_boolean removed_prev_s = FALSE;
5628
5629 /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts. */
5630 for (s = *prev; s != NULL; prev_s = s, s = s->header.next)
5631 {
5632 bfd_boolean removed=FALSE;
5633
5634 switch (s->header.type)
5635 {
5636 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5637 {
5638 bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta;
5639 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5640 lang_memory_region_type *r;
5641 int section_alignment = 0;
5642
5643 os = &s->output_section_statement;
5644 init_opb (os->bfd_section);
5645 if (os->constraint == -1)
5646 break;
5647
5648 /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
5649 here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
5650 This is covering for coff backend linker bugs. See PR6945. */
5651 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
5652 && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5653 && (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5654 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5655 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
5656 if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
5657 {
5658 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
5659 exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5660
5661 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5662 {
5663 dot = expld.result.value;
5664 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5665 dot += expld.result.section->vma;
5666 }
5667 else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5668 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: non constant or forward reference"
5669 " address expression for section %s\n"),
5670 os->addr_tree, os->name);
5671 }
5672
5673 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
5674 /* This section was removed or never actually created. */
5675 break;
5676
5677 /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
5678 address from the input section. FIXME: This is COFF
5679 specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
5680 to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind. */
5681 if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5682 == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
5683 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5684 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5685 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
5686 {
5687 asection *input;
5688
5689 if (os->children.head == NULL
5690 || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
5691 || (os->children.head->header.type
5692 != lang_input_section_enum))
5693 einfo (_("%X%P: internal error on COFF shared library"
5694 " section %s\n"), os->name);
5695
5696 input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
5697 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section,
5698 bfd_section_vma (input));
5699 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5700 os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
5701 break;
5702 }
5703
5704 newdot = dot;
5705 dotdelta = 0;
5706 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
5707 {
5708 /* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero. */
5709 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
5710 }
5711 else
5712 {
5713 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
5714 {
5715 /* No address specified for this section, get one
5716 from the region specification. */
5717 if (os->region == NULL
5718 || ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5719 && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
5720 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5721 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
5722 {
5723 os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
5724 }
5725
5726 /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
5727 region, and some non default memory regions were
5728 defined, issue an error message. */
5729 if (!os->ignored
5730 && !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5731 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5732 && check_regions
5733 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5734 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
5735 && lang_memory_region_list != NULL
5736 && (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
5737 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
5738 || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
5739 && lang_sizing_iteration == 1)
5740 {
5741 /* By default this is an error rather than just a
5742 warning because if we allocate the section to the
5743 default memory region we can end up creating an
5744 excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
5745 attempting to perform a negative seek. See
5746 sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
5747 for an example of this. This behaviour can be
5748 overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
5749 switch. */
5750 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
5751 einfo (_("%F%P: error: no memory region specified"
5752 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5753 bfd_section_name (os->bfd_section));
5754 else
5755 einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
5756 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5757 bfd_section_name (os->bfd_section));
5758 }
5759
5760 newdot = os->region->current;
5761 section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
5762 }
5763 else
5764 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5765 "section alignment");
5766
5767 /* Align to what the section needs. */
5768 if (section_alignment > 0)
5769 {
5770 bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
5771 bfd_vma diff = 0;
5772
5773 newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
5774 dotdelta = newdot - savedot;
5775
5776 if (lang_sizing_iteration == 1)
5777 diff = dotdelta;
5778 else if (lang_sizing_iteration > 1)
5779 {
5780 /* Only report adjustments that would change
5781 alignment from what we have already reported. */
5782 diff = newdot - os->bfd_section->vma;
5783 if (!(diff & (((bfd_vma) 1 << section_alignment) - 1)))
5784 diff = 0;
5785 }
5786 if (diff != 0
5787 && (config.warn_section_align
5788 || os->addr_tree != NULL))
5789 einfo (_("%P: warning: "
5790 "start of section %s changed by %ld\n"),
5791 os->name, (long) diff);
5792 }
5793
5794 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section, newdot);
5795
5796 os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
5797 }
5798
5799 lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
5800 os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
5801
5802 os->processed_vma = TRUE;
5803
5804 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5805 /* Except for some special linker created sections,
5806 no output section should change from zero size
5807 after strip_excluded_output_sections. A non-zero
5808 size on an ignored section indicates that some
5809 input section was not sized early enough. */
5810 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
5811 else
5812 {
5813 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5814
5815 /* Put the section within the requested block size, or
5816 align at the block boundary. */
5817 after = ((dot
5818 + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
5819 + os->block_value - 1)
5820 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
5821
5822 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5823 os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after
5824 - os->bfd_section->vma);
5825 }
5826
5827 /* Set section lma. */
5828 r = os->region;
5829 if (r == NULL)
5830 r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
5831
5832 if (os->load_base)
5833 {
5834 bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
5835 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5836 }
5837 else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
5838 {
5839 bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
5840
5841 if (os->align_lma_with_input)
5842 lma += dotdelta;
5843 else
5844 {
5845 /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
5846 as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
5847 from the bfd section. If a different region, then
5848 only align according to the value in the output
5849 statement. */
5850 if (os->lma_region != os->region)
5851 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5852 "section alignment");
5853 if (section_alignment > 0)
5854 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5855 }
5856 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5857 }
5858 else if (r->last_os != NULL
5859 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5860 {
5861 bfd_vma lma;
5862 asection *last;
5863
5864 last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
5865
5866 /* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
5867 an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
5868 os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
5869 create overlapping LMAs. */
5870 if (dot < last->vma
5871 && os->bfd_section->size != 0
5872 && dot + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) <= last->vma)
5873 {
5874 /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
5875 vma. This is the old default lma, which might
5876 just happen to work when the backwards move is
5877 sufficiently large. Nag if this changes anything,
5878 so people can fix their linker scripts. */
5879
5880 if (last->vma != last->lma)
5881 einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards "
5882 "before `%s'\n"), os->name);
5883 }
5884 else
5885 {
5886 /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
5887 at the end of the previous section. */
5888 if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
5889 lma = last->lma + TO_ADDR (last->size);
5890
5891 /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
5892 as the previous section. */
5893 else
5894 lma = os->bfd_section->vma + last->lma - last->vma;
5895
5896 if (section_alignment > 0)
5897 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5898 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5899 }
5900 }
5901 os->processed_lma = TRUE;
5902
5903 /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
5904 lma region. We use this to set the lma for
5905 following sections. Overlays or other linker
5906 script assignment to lma might mean that the
5907 default lma == vma is incorrect.
5908 To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
5909 -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
5910 of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.
5911 Do this tracking before we short-cut the loop so that we
5912 track changes for the case where the section size is zero,
5913 but the lma is set differently to the vma. This is
5914 important, if an orphan section is placed after an
5915 otherwise empty output section that has an explicit lma
5916 set, we want that lma reflected in the orphans lma. */
5917 if (((!IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5918 && (os->bfd_section->size != 0
5919 || (r->last_os == NULL
5920 && os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
5921 || (r->last_os != NULL
5922 && dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
5923 .bfd_section->vma))))
5924 || os->sectype == first_overlay_section)
5925 && os->lma_region == NULL
5926 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5927 r->last_os = s;
5928
5929 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5930 break;
5931
5932 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5933 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5934 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5935 dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5936 else
5937 dotdelta = 0;
5938 dot += dotdelta;
5939
5940 if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
5941 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5942
5943 /* Update dot in the region ?
5944 We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
5945 since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
5946 overall size in memory. */
5947 if (os->region != NULL
5948 && (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
5949 {
5950 os->region->current = dot;
5951
5952 if (check_regions)
5953 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. */
5954 os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
5955 os->bfd_section->vma);
5956
5957 if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
5958 && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD)
5959 || os->align_lma_with_input))
5960 {
5961 os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta;
5962
5963 if (check_regions)
5964 os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
5965 os->bfd_section->lma);
5966 }
5967 }
5968 }
5969 break;
5970
5971 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5972 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
5973 output_section_statement,
5974 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5975 break;
5976
5977 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5978 {
5979 unsigned int size = 0;
5980
5981 s->data_statement.output_offset =
5982 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5983 s->data_statement.output_section =
5984 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5985
5986 /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
5987 need to mark them as needed. */
5988 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5989
5990 switch (s->data_statement.type)
5991 {
5992 default:
5993 abort ();
5994 case QUAD:
5995 case SQUAD:
5996 size = QUAD_SIZE;
5997 break;
5998 case LONG:
5999 size = LONG_SIZE;
6000 break;
6001 case SHORT:
6002 size = SHORT_SIZE;
6003 break;
6004 case BYTE:
6005 size = BYTE_SIZE;
6006 break;
6007 }
6008 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
6009 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
6010 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6011 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
6012 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
6013 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
6014 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
6015
6016 }
6017 break;
6018
6019 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
6020 {
6021 int size;
6022
6023 s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
6024 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
6025 s->reloc_statement.output_section =
6026 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
6027 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
6028 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6029 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
6030 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
6031 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
6032 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
6033 }
6034 break;
6035
6036 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6037 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
6038 output_section_statement,
6039 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
6040 break;
6041
6042 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
6043 link_info.create_object_symbols_section
6044 = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
6045 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
6046 break;
6047
6048 case lang_output_statement_enum:
6049 case lang_target_statement_enum:
6050 break;
6051
6052 case lang_input_section_enum:
6053 {
6054 asection *i;
6055
6056 i = s->input_section.section;
6057 if (relax)
6058 {
6059 bfd_boolean again;
6060
6061 if (!bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
6062 einfo (_("%F%P: can't relax section: %E\n"));
6063 if (again)
6064 *relax = TRUE;
6065 }
6066 dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
6067 fill, &removed, dot);
6068 }
6069 break;
6070
6071 case lang_input_statement_enum:
6072 break;
6073
6074 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
6075 s->fill_statement.output_section =
6076 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
6077
6078 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
6079 break;
6080
6081 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
6082 {
6083 bfd_vma newdot = dot;
6084 etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
6085
6086 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
6087
6088 exp_fold_tree (tree,
6089 output_section_statement->bfd_section,
6090 &newdot);
6091
6092 ldlang_check_relro_region (s, &expld.dataseg);
6093
6094 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
6095
6096 /* This symbol may be relative to this section. */
6097 if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
6098 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
6099 && (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
6100 || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
6101 output_section_statement->update_dot = 1;
6102
6103 if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
6104 {
6105 if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
6106 {
6107 /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
6108 the default memory address. */
6109 lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
6110 FALSE)->current = newdot;
6111 }
6112 else if (newdot != dot)
6113 {
6114 /* Insert a pad after this statement. We can't
6115 put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
6116 assignment references dot. */
6117 insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
6118 output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
6119
6120 /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing. */
6121 s = s->header.next;
6122
6123 /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
6124 should have space allocated to it, unless the
6125 user has explicitly stated that the section
6126 should not be allocated. */
6127 if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
6128 && (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
6129 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
6130 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
6131 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
6132 }
6133 dot = newdot;
6134 }
6135 }
6136 break;
6137
6138 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
6139 /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
6140 we won't have any padding statements. If this is the
6141 second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
6142 padding to shrink. If padding is needed on this pass, it
6143 will be added back in. */
6144 s->padding_statement.size = 0;
6145
6146 /* Make sure output_offset is valid. If relaxation shrinks
6147 the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
6148 have output_offset larger than the final size of the
6149 section. bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
6150 a pad size of zero. */
6151 s->padding_statement.output_offset
6152 = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
6153 break;
6154
6155 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6156 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
6157 output_section_statement,
6158 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
6159 break;
6160
6161 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
6162 break;
6163
6164 /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on. */
6165 case lang_address_statement_enum:
6166 break;
6167
6168 default:
6169 FAIL ();
6170 break;
6171 }
6172
6173 /* If an input section doesn't fit in the current output
6174 section, remove it from the list. Handle the case where we
6175 have to remove an input_section statement here: there is a
6176 special case to remove the first element of the list. */
6177 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions && removed)
6178 {
6179 /* If we removed the first element during the previous
6180 iteration, override the loop assignment of prev_s. */
6181 if (removed_prev_s)
6182 prev_s = NULL;
6183
6184 if (prev_s)
6185 {
6186 /* If there was a real previous input section, just skip
6187 the current one. */
6188 prev_s->header.next=s->header.next;
6189 s = prev_s;
6190 removed_prev_s = FALSE;
6191 }
6192 else
6193 {
6194 /* Remove the first input section of the list. */
6195 *prev = s->header.next;
6196 removed_prev_s = TRUE;
6197 }
6198
6199 /* Move to next element, unless we removed the head of the
6200 list. */
6201 if (!removed_prev_s)
6202 prev = &s->header.next;
6203 }
6204 else
6205 {
6206 prev = &s->header.next;
6207 removed_prev_s = FALSE;
6208 }
6209 }
6210 return dot;
6211 }
6212
6213 /* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
6214 The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
6215 CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
6216 segments. We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision. */
6217
6218 bfd_boolean
6219 ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6220 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6221 asection *current_section,
6222 asection *previous_section,
6223 bfd_boolean new_segment)
6224 {
6225 lang_output_section_statement_type *cur;
6226 lang_output_section_statement_type *prev;
6227
6228 /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
6229 that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment. */
6230 if (new_segment)
6231 return TRUE;
6232
6233 /* Paranoia checks. */
6234 if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
6235 return new_segment;
6236
6237 /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
6238 sections comingled in the same segment. */
6239 if (config.separate_code
6240 && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
6241 return TRUE;
6242
6243 /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
6244 We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
6245 of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
6246 we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster. */
6247 cur = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
6248 prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
6249
6250 /* More paranoia. */
6251 if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
6252 return new_segment;
6253
6254 /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
6255 different segments. See the email thread starting at the following
6256 URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
6257 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html */
6258 return cur->region != prev->region;
6259 }
6260
6261 void
6262 one_lang_size_sections_pass (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
6263 {
6264 lang_statement_iteration++;
6265 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
6266 lang_sizing_iteration++;
6267 lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
6268 0, 0, relax, check_regions);
6269 }
6270
6271 static bfd_boolean
6272 lang_size_segment (seg_align_type *seg)
6273 {
6274 /* If XXX_SEGMENT_ALIGN XXX_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
6275 a page could be saved in the data segment. */
6276 bfd_vma first, last;
6277
6278 first = -seg->base & (seg->pagesize - 1);
6279 last = seg->end & (seg->pagesize - 1);
6280 if (first && last
6281 && ((seg->base & ~(seg->pagesize - 1))
6282 != (seg->end & ~(seg->pagesize - 1)))
6283 && first + last <= seg->pagesize)
6284 {
6285 seg->phase = exp_seg_adjust;
6286 return TRUE;
6287 }
6288
6289 seg->phase = exp_seg_done;
6290 return FALSE;
6291 }
6292
6293 static bfd_vma
6294 lang_size_relro_segment_1 (seg_align_type *seg)
6295 {
6296 bfd_vma relro_end, desired_end;
6297 asection *sec;
6298
6299 /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO/PT_LOAD segment end. */
6300 relro_end = ((seg->relro_end + seg->pagesize - 1)
6301 & ~(seg->pagesize - 1));
6302
6303 /* Adjust by the offset arg of XXX_SEGMENT_RELRO_END. */
6304 desired_end = relro_end - seg->relro_offset;
6305
6306 /* For sections in the relro segment.. */
6307 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev)
6308 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6309 && sec->vma >= seg->base
6310 && sec->vma < seg->relro_end - seg->relro_offset)
6311 {
6312 /* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as
6313 desired? */
6314 bfd_vma start, end, bump;
6315
6316 end = start = sec->vma;
6317 if (!IS_TBSS (sec))
6318 end += TO_ADDR (sec->size);
6319 bump = desired_end - end;
6320 /* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed
6321 alignment so the increase might be less than optimum. */
6322 start += bump;
6323 start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1);
6324 /* This is now the desired end for the previous section. */
6325 desired_end = start;
6326 }
6327
6328 seg->phase = exp_seg_relro_adjust;
6329 ASSERT (desired_end >= seg->base);
6330 seg->base = desired_end;
6331 return relro_end;
6332 }
6333
6334 static bfd_boolean
6335 lang_size_relro_segment (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
6336 {
6337 bfd_boolean do_reset = FALSE;
6338 bfd_boolean do_data_relro;
6339 bfd_vma data_initial_base, data_relro_end;
6340
6341 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
6342 {
6343 do_data_relro = TRUE;
6344 data_initial_base = expld.dataseg.base;
6345 data_relro_end = lang_size_relro_segment_1 (&expld.dataseg);
6346 }
6347 else
6348 {
6349 do_data_relro = FALSE;
6350 data_initial_base = data_relro_end = 0;
6351 }
6352
6353 if (do_data_relro)
6354 {
6355 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6356 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
6357
6358 /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a user
6359 script have increased padding over the original. Revert. */
6360 if (do_data_relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end > data_relro_end)
6361 {
6362 expld.dataseg.base = data_initial_base;;
6363 do_reset = TRUE;
6364 }
6365 }
6366
6367 if (!do_data_relro && lang_size_segment (&expld.dataseg))
6368 do_reset = TRUE;
6369
6370 return do_reset;
6371 }
6372
6373 void
6374 lang_size_sections (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
6375 {
6376 expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
6377 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
6378
6379 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
6380
6381 if (expld.dataseg.phase != exp_seg_end_seen)
6382 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_done;
6383
6384 if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_seg_end_seen)
6385 {
6386 bfd_boolean do_reset
6387 = lang_size_relro_segment (relax, check_regions);
6388
6389 if (do_reset)
6390 {
6391 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6392 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
6393 }
6394
6395 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
6396 {
6397 link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
6398 link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
6399 }
6400 }
6401 }
6402
6403 static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
6404 static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
6405 static bfd_boolean prefer_next_section;
6406
6407 /* Worker function for lang_do_assignments. Recursiveness goes here. */
6408
6409 static bfd_vma
6410 lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
6411 lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
6412 fill_type *fill,
6413 bfd_vma dot,
6414 bfd_boolean *found_end)
6415 {
6416 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6417 {
6418 switch (s->header.type)
6419 {
6420 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6421 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
6422 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6423 break;
6424
6425 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6426 {
6427 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6428 bfd_vma newdot;
6429
6430 os = &(s->output_section_statement);
6431 os->after_end = *found_end;
6432 init_opb (os->bfd_section);
6433 if (os->bfd_section != NULL && !os->ignored)
6434 {
6435 if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6436 {
6437 current_section = os;
6438 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
6439 }
6440 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
6441 }
6442 newdot = lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
6443 os, os->fill, dot, found_end);
6444 if (!os->ignored)
6445 {
6446 if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
6447 {
6448 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
6449 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
6450 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6451 dot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
6452
6453 if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
6454 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree,
6455 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6456 }
6457 else
6458 dot = newdot;
6459 }
6460 }
6461 break;
6462
6463 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6464
6465 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
6466 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6467 break;
6468
6469 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
6470 case lang_output_statement_enum:
6471 case lang_target_statement_enum:
6472 break;
6473
6474 case lang_data_statement_enum:
6475 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6476 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6477 {
6478 s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
6479 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
6480 s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
6481 }
6482 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6483 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
6484 {
6485 unsigned int size;
6486 switch (s->data_statement.type)
6487 {
6488 default:
6489 abort ();
6490 case QUAD:
6491 case SQUAD:
6492 size = QUAD_SIZE;
6493 break;
6494 case LONG:
6495 size = LONG_SIZE;
6496 break;
6497 case SHORT:
6498 size = SHORT_SIZE;
6499 break;
6500 case BYTE:
6501 size = BYTE_SIZE;
6502 break;
6503 }
6504 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
6505 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
6506 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6507 }
6508 break;
6509
6510 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
6511 exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
6512 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6513 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6514 s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
6515 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6516 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
6517 dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
6518 break;
6519
6520 case lang_input_section_enum:
6521 {
6522 asection *in = s->input_section.section;
6523
6524 if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
6525 dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
6526 }
6527 break;
6528
6529 case lang_input_statement_enum:
6530 break;
6531
6532 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
6533 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
6534 break;
6535
6536 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
6537 current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
6538 if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
6539 {
6540 const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
6541
6542 if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
6543 prefer_next_section = TRUE;
6544
6545 while (*p == '_')
6546 ++p;
6547 if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
6548 *found_end = TRUE;
6549 }
6550 exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
6551 (current_os->bfd_section != NULL
6552 ? current_os->bfd_section : bfd_und_section_ptr),
6553 &dot);
6554 break;
6555
6556 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
6557 dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
6558 break;
6559
6560 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6561 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
6562 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6563 break;
6564
6565 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
6566 break;
6567
6568 case lang_address_statement_enum:
6569 break;
6570
6571 default:
6572 FAIL ();
6573 break;
6574 }
6575 }
6576 return dot;
6577 }
6578
6579 void
6580 lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
6581 {
6582 bfd_boolean found_end = FALSE;
6583
6584 current_section = NULL;
6585 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
6586 expld.phase = phase;
6587 lang_statement_iteration++;
6588 lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
6589 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
6590 }
6591
6592 /* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
6593 choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
6594 of "dot". */
6595
6596 asection *
6597 section_for_dot (void)
6598 {
6599 asection *s;
6600
6601 /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
6602 has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
6603 assignments belong to the next output section. (The assumption
6604 is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
6605 next output section.) Except that past the assignment to "_end"
6606 we always associate with the previous section. This exception is
6607 for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
6608 weirdness after non-alloc sections. */
6609 if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
6610 {
6611 lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
6612 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6613
6614 for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
6615 stmt != NULL;
6616 stmt = stmt->header.next)
6617 if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
6618 break;
6619
6620 os = &stmt->output_section_statement;
6621 while (os != NULL
6622 && !os->after_end
6623 && (os->bfd_section == NULL
6624 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6625 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
6626 os->bfd_section)))
6627 os = os->next;
6628
6629 if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
6630 {
6631 if (os != NULL)
6632 s = os->bfd_section;
6633 else
6634 s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
6635 while (s != NULL
6636 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6637 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6638 s = s->prev;
6639 if (s != NULL)
6640 return s;
6641
6642 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6643 }
6644 }
6645
6646 s = current_section->bfd_section;
6647
6648 /* The section may have been stripped. */
6649 while (s != NULL
6650 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6651 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6652 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
6653 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
6654 s = s->prev;
6655 if (s == NULL)
6656 s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
6657 while (s != NULL
6658 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6659 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6660 s = s->next;
6661 if (s != NULL)
6662 return s;
6663
6664 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6665 }
6666
6667 /* Array of __start/__stop/.startof./.sizeof/ symbols. */
6668
6669 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry **start_stop_syms;
6670 static size_t start_stop_count = 0;
6671 static size_t start_stop_alloc = 0;
6672
6673 /* Give start/stop SYMBOL for SEC a preliminary definition, and add it
6674 to start_stop_syms. */
6675
6676 static void
6677 lang_define_start_stop (const char *symbol, asection *sec)
6678 {
6679 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6680
6681 h = bfd_define_start_stop (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, symbol, sec);
6682 if (h != NULL)
6683 {
6684 if (start_stop_count == start_stop_alloc)
6685 {
6686 start_stop_alloc = 2 * start_stop_alloc + 10;
6687 start_stop_syms
6688 = xrealloc (start_stop_syms,
6689 start_stop_alloc * sizeof (*start_stop_syms));
6690 }
6691 start_stop_syms[start_stop_count++] = h;
6692 }
6693 }
6694
6695 /* Check for input sections whose names match references to
6696 __start_SECNAME or __stop_SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6697 preliminary definitions. */
6698
6699 static void
6700 lang_init_start_stop (void)
6701 {
6702 bfd *abfd;
6703 asection *s;
6704 char leading_char = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
6705
6706 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
6707 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6708 {
6709 const char *ps;
6710 const char *secname = s->name;
6711
6712 for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
6713 if (!ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
6714 break;
6715 if (*ps == '\0')
6716 {
6717 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6718
6719 symbol[0] = leading_char;
6720 sprintf (symbol + (leading_char != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
6721 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6722
6723 symbol[1] = leading_char;
6724 memcpy (symbol + 1 + (leading_char != 0), "__stop", 6);
6725 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6726
6727 free (symbol);
6728 }
6729 }
6730 }
6731
6732 /* Iterate over start_stop_syms. */
6733
6734 static void
6735 foreach_start_stop (void (*func) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *))
6736 {
6737 size_t i;
6738
6739 for (i = 0; i < start_stop_count; ++i)
6740 func (start_stop_syms[i]);
6741 }
6742
6743 /* __start and __stop symbols are only supposed to be defined by the
6744 linker for orphan sections, but we now extend that to sections that
6745 map to an output section of the same name. The symbols were
6746 defined early for --gc-sections, before we mapped input to output
6747 sections, so undo those that don't satisfy this rule. */
6748
6749 static void
6750 undef_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6751 {
6752 if (h->ldscript_def)
6753 return;
6754
6755 if (h->u.def.section->output_section == NULL
6756 || h->u.def.section->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
6757 || strcmp (h->u.def.section->name,
6758 h->u.def.section->output_section->name) != 0)
6759 {
6760 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd,
6761 h->u.def.section->name);
6762 if (sec != NULL)
6763 {
6764 /* When there are more than one input sections with the same
6765 section name, SECNAME, linker picks the first one to define
6766 __start_SECNAME and __stop_SECNAME symbols. When the first
6767 input section is removed by comdat group, we need to check
6768 if there is still an output section with section name
6769 SECNAME. */
6770 asection *i;
6771 for (i = sec->map_head.s; i != NULL; i = i->map_head.s)
6772 if (strcmp (h->u.def.section->name, i->name) == 0)
6773 {
6774 h->u.def.section = i;
6775 return;
6776 }
6777 }
6778 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
6779 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
6780 }
6781 }
6782
6783 static void
6784 lang_undef_start_stop (void)
6785 {
6786 foreach_start_stop (undef_start_stop);
6787 }
6788
6789 /* Check for output sections whose names match references to
6790 .startof.SECNAME or .sizeof.SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6791 preliminary definitions. */
6792
6793 static void
6794 lang_init_startof_sizeof (void)
6795 {
6796 asection *s;
6797
6798 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6799 {
6800 const char *secname = s->name;
6801 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6802
6803 sprintf (symbol, ".startof.%s", secname);
6804 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6805
6806 memcpy (symbol + 1, ".size", 5);
6807 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6808 free (symbol);
6809 }
6810 }
6811
6812 /* Set .startof., .sizeof., __start and __stop symbols final values. */
6813
6814 static void
6815 set_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6816 {
6817 if (h->ldscript_def
6818 || h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
6819 return;
6820
6821 if (h->root.string[0] == '.')
6822 {
6823 /* .startof. or .sizeof. symbol.
6824 .startof. already has final value. */
6825 if (h->root.string[2] == 'i')
6826 {
6827 /* .sizeof. */
6828 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6829 h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6830 }
6831 }
6832 else
6833 {
6834 /* __start or __stop symbol. */
6835 int has_lead = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd) != 0;
6836
6837 h->u.def.section = h->u.def.section->output_section;
6838 if (h->root.string[4 + has_lead] == 'o')
6839 {
6840 /* __stop_ */
6841 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6842 }
6843 }
6844 }
6845
6846 static void
6847 lang_finalize_start_stop (void)
6848 {
6849 foreach_start_stop (set_start_stop);
6850 }
6851
6852 static void
6853 lang_end (void)
6854 {
6855 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6856 bfd_boolean warn;
6857
6858 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections)
6859 || bfd_link_dll (&link_info))
6860 warn = entry_from_cmdline;
6861 else
6862 warn = TRUE;
6863
6864 /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
6865 --gc-sections, unless --gc-keep-exported was also given. */
6866 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6867 && link_info.gc_sections
6868 && !link_info.gc_keep_exported)
6869 {
6870 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
6871
6872 for (sym = link_info.gc_sym_list; sym != NULL; sym = sym->next)
6873 {
6874 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, sym->name,
6875 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
6876 if (h != NULL
6877 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6878 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6879 && !bfd_is_const_section (h->u.def.section))
6880 break;
6881 }
6882 if (!sym)
6883 einfo (_("%F%P: --gc-sections requires a defined symbol root "
6884 "specified by -e or -u\n"));
6885 }
6886
6887 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
6888 {
6889 /* No entry has been specified. Look for the default entry, but
6890 don't warn if we don't find it. */
6891 entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
6892 warn = FALSE;
6893 }
6894
6895 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
6896 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
6897 if (h != NULL
6898 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6899 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6900 && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
6901 {
6902 bfd_vma val;
6903
6904 val = (h->u.def.value
6905 + bfd_section_vma (h->u.def.section->output_section)
6906 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
6907 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6908 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
6909 }
6910 else
6911 {
6912 bfd_vma val;
6913 const char *send;
6914
6915 /* We couldn't find the entry symbol. Try parsing it as a
6916 number. */
6917 val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
6918 if (*send == '\0')
6919 {
6920 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6921 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6922 }
6923 else
6924 {
6925 asection *ts;
6926
6927 /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number. Use
6928 the first address in the text section. */
6929 ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
6930 if (ts != NULL)
6931 {
6932 if (warn)
6933 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6934 " defaulting to %V\n"),
6935 entry_symbol.name,
6936 bfd_section_vma (ts));
6937 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd,
6938 bfd_section_vma (ts)))
6939 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6940 }
6941 else
6942 {
6943 if (warn)
6944 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6945 " not setting start address\n"),
6946 entry_symbol.name);
6947 }
6948 }
6949 }
6950 }
6951
6952 /* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
6953 BFD. */
6954
6955 static void
6956 ignore_bfd_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6957 va_list ap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6958 {
6959 /* Don't do anything. */
6960 }
6961
6962 /* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
6963 with the output file. Also call the backend to let it do any
6964 other checking that is needed. */
6965
6966 static void
6967 lang_check (void)
6968 {
6969 lang_input_statement_type *file;
6970 bfd *input_bfd;
6971 const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
6972
6973 for (file = (void *) file_chain.head;
6974 file != NULL;
6975 file = file->next)
6976 {
6977 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
6978 /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin. */
6979 if (file->flags.claimed)
6980 continue;
6981 #endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
6982 input_bfd = file->the_bfd;
6983 compatible
6984 = bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
6985 command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
6986
6987 /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
6988 link between differing object formats when the input
6989 file has relocations, because the relocations in the
6990 input format may not have equivalent representations in
6991 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
6992 relocs for other link purposes than a final link). */
6993 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6994 || link_info.emitrelocations)
6995 && (compatible == NULL
6996 || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
6997 != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
6998 && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
6999 {
7000 einfo (_("%F%P: relocatable linking with relocations from"
7001 " format %s (%pB) to format %s (%pB) is not supported\n"),
7002 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
7003 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
7004 /* einfo with %F exits. */
7005 }
7006
7007 if (compatible == NULL)
7008 {
7009 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
7010 einfo (_("%X%P: %s architecture of input file `%pB'"
7011 " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
7012 bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
7013 bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
7014 }
7015
7016 /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
7017 private data of the output bfd. */
7018 else if ((input_bfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
7019 || bfd_count_sections (input_bfd) != 0)
7020 {
7021 bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
7022
7023 /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
7024 files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
7025 function which will do nothing. We still want to call
7026 bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
7027 information which is needed in the output file. */
7028 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
7029 pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
7030 if (!bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, &link_info))
7031 {
7032 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
7033 einfo (_("%X%P: failed to merge target specific data"
7034 " of file %pB\n"), input_bfd);
7035 }
7036 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
7037 bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
7038 }
7039 }
7040 }
7041
7042 /* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
7043 correct section. The -sort-common command line switch may be used
7044 to roughly sort the entries by alignment. */
7045
7046 static void
7047 lang_common (void)
7048 {
7049 if (link_info.inhibit_common_definition)
7050 return;
7051 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7052 && !command_line.force_common_definition)
7053 return;
7054
7055 if (!config.sort_common)
7056 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
7057 else
7058 {
7059 unsigned int power;
7060
7061 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
7062 {
7063 for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
7064 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
7065
7066 power = 0;
7067 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
7068 }
7069 else
7070 {
7071 for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
7072 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
7073
7074 power = (unsigned int) -1;
7075 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
7076 }
7077 }
7078 }
7079
7080 /* Place one common symbol in the correct section. */
7081
7082 static bfd_boolean
7083 lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
7084 {
7085 unsigned int power_of_two;
7086 bfd_vma size;
7087 asection *section;
7088
7089 if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
7090 return TRUE;
7091
7092 size = h->u.c.size;
7093 power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
7094
7095 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
7096 && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
7097 return TRUE;
7098 else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
7099 && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
7100 return TRUE;
7101
7102 section = h->u.c.p->section;
7103 if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
7104 einfo (_("%F%P: could not define common symbol `%pT': %E\n"),
7105 h->root.string);
7106
7107 if (config.map_file != NULL)
7108 {
7109 static bfd_boolean header_printed;
7110 int len;
7111 char *name;
7112 char buf[50];
7113
7114 if (!header_printed)
7115 {
7116 minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
7117 minfo (_("Common symbol size file\n\n"));
7118 header_printed = TRUE;
7119 }
7120
7121 name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
7122 DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
7123 if (name == NULL)
7124 {
7125 minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
7126 len = strlen (h->root.string);
7127 }
7128 else
7129 {
7130 minfo ("%s", name);
7131 len = strlen (name);
7132 free (name);
7133 }
7134
7135 if (len >= 19)
7136 {
7137 print_nl ();
7138 len = 0;
7139 }
7140 while (len < 20)
7141 {
7142 print_space ();
7143 ++len;
7144 }
7145
7146 minfo ("0x");
7147 if (size <= 0xffffffff)
7148 sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
7149 else
7150 sprintf_vma (buf, size);
7151 minfo ("%s", buf);
7152 len = strlen (buf);
7153
7154 while (len < 16)
7155 {
7156 print_space ();
7157 ++len;
7158 }
7159
7160 minfo ("%pB\n", section->owner);
7161 }
7162
7163 return TRUE;
7164 }
7165
7166 /* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate
7167 output section. The effects of the --orphan-handling command line
7168 option are handled here. */
7169
7170 static void
7171 ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s)
7172 {
7173 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard)
7174 {
7175 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7176 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0,
7177 TRUE);
7178 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
7179 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7180 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
7181 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
7182 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
7183 }
7184 else
7185 {
7186 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7187 const char *name = s->name;
7188 int constraint = 0;
7189
7190 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error)
7191 einfo (_("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%pA' from `%pB'\n"),
7192 s, s->owner);
7193
7194 if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
7195 constraint = SPECIAL;
7196
7197 os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint);
7198 if (os == NULL)
7199 {
7200 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, TRUE);
7201 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
7202 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7203 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
7204 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
7205 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
7206 }
7207
7208 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn)
7209 einfo (_("%P: warning: orphan section `%pA' from `%pB' being "
7210 "placed in section `%s'\n"),
7211 s, s->owner, os->name);
7212 }
7213 }
7214
7215 /* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
7216 somewhere to go. If one is found without a destination then create
7217 an input request and place it into the statement tree. */
7218
7219 static void
7220 lang_place_orphans (void)
7221 {
7222 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
7223 {
7224 asection *s;
7225
7226 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7227 {
7228 if (s->output_section == NULL)
7229 {
7230 /* This section of the file is not attached, root
7231 around for a sensible place for it to go. */
7232
7233 if (file->flags.just_syms)
7234 bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
7235 else if (lang_discard_section_p (s))
7236 s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
7237 else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
7238 {
7239 /* This is a lonely common section which must have
7240 come from an archive. We attach to the section
7241 with the wildcard. */
7242 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7243 || command_line.force_common_definition)
7244 {
7245 if (default_common_section == NULL)
7246 default_common_section
7247 = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0,
7248 TRUE);
7249 lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
7250 NULL, default_common_section);
7251 }
7252 }
7253 else
7254 ldlang_place_orphan (s);
7255 }
7256 }
7257 }
7258 }
7259
7260 void
7261 lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
7262 {
7263 flagword *ptr_flags;
7264
7265 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
7266
7267 while (*flags)
7268 {
7269 switch (*flags)
7270 {
7271 /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses
7272 the sense of any of the attributes that follow. */
7273 case '!':
7274 invert = !invert;
7275 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
7276 break;
7277
7278 case 'A': case 'a':
7279 *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
7280 break;
7281
7282 case 'R': case 'r':
7283 *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
7284 break;
7285
7286 case 'W': case 'w':
7287 *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
7288 break;
7289
7290 case 'X': case 'x':
7291 *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
7292 break;
7293
7294 case 'L': case 'l':
7295 case 'I': case 'i':
7296 *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
7297 break;
7298
7299 default:
7300 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"),
7301 *flags, *flags);
7302 break;
7303 }
7304 flags++;
7305 }
7306 }
7307
7308 /* Call a function on each real input file. This function will be
7309 called on an archive, but not on the elements. */
7310
7311 void
7312 lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
7313 {
7314 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7315
7316 for (f = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
7317 f != NULL;
7318 f = f->next_real_file)
7319 if (f->flags.real)
7320 func (f);
7321 }
7322
7323 /* Call a function on each real file. The function will be called on
7324 all the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but
7325 will not be called on the archive file itself. */
7326
7327 void
7328 lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
7329 {
7330 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
7331 {
7332 if (f->flags.real)
7333 func (f);
7334 }
7335 }
7336
7337 void
7338 ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
7339 {
7340 lang_statement_append (&file_chain, entry, &entry->next);
7341
7342 /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
7343 a link. */
7344 ASSERT (link_info.input_bfds_tail != &entry->the_bfd->link.next
7345 && entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL);
7346 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
7347
7348 *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
7349 link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next;
7350 bfd_set_usrdata (entry->the_bfd, entry);
7351 bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
7352
7353 /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
7354 included in the link. We need to do this now, so that we can
7355 notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
7356 definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
7357 going to link. FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
7358 symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
7359 discarded. This would require modifying the backend linker for
7360 each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag. If we do
7361 this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way. */
7362
7363 bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
7364 }
7365
7366 void
7367 lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
7368 {
7369 /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script. */
7370 if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
7371 {
7372 output_filename = name;
7373 had_output_filename = TRUE;
7374 }
7375 }
7376
7377 lang_output_section_statement_type *
7378 lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
7379 etree_type *address_exp,
7380 enum section_type sectype,
7381 etree_type *align,
7382 etree_type *subalign,
7383 etree_type *ebase,
7384 int constraint,
7385 int align_with_input)
7386 {
7387 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7388
7389 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
7390 constraint, TRUE);
7391 current_section = os;
7392
7393 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
7394 {
7395 os->addr_tree = address_exp;
7396 }
7397 os->sectype = sectype;
7398 if (sectype != noload_section)
7399 os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7400 else
7401 os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
7402 os->block_value = 1;
7403
7404 /* Make next things chain into subchain of this. */
7405 push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
7406
7407 os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT;
7408 if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL)
7409 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"),
7410 NULL);
7411
7412 os->subsection_alignment = subalign;
7413 os->section_alignment = align;
7414
7415 os->load_base = ebase;
7416 return os;
7417 }
7418
7419 void
7420 lang_final (void)
7421 {
7422 lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
7423
7424 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
7425 new_stmt->name = output_filename;
7426 }
7427
7428 /* Reset the current counters in the regions. */
7429
7430 void
7431 lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
7432 {
7433 lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
7434 asection *o;
7435 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7436
7437 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
7438 {
7439 p->current = p->origin;
7440 p->last_os = NULL;
7441 }
7442
7443 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
7444 os != NULL;
7445 os = os->next)
7446 {
7447 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
7448 os->processed_lma = FALSE;
7449 }
7450
7451 for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7452 {
7453 /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section. */
7454 o->rawsize = o->size;
7455 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
7456 o->size = 0;
7457 }
7458 }
7459
7460 /* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1. */
7461
7462 static void
7463 gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
7464 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7465 asection *section,
7466 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7467 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7468 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7469 {
7470 /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
7471 should be as well. */
7472 if (ptr->keep_sections)
7473 section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7474 }
7475
7476 /* Iterate over sections marking them against GC. */
7477
7478 static void
7479 lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
7480 {
7481 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7482 {
7483 switch (s->header.type)
7484 {
7485 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7486 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
7487 break;
7488 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7489 lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
7490 break;
7491 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7492 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
7493 break;
7494 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7495 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
7496 break;
7497 default:
7498 break;
7499 }
7500 }
7501 }
7502
7503 static void
7504 lang_gc_sections (void)
7505 {
7506 /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script. */
7507 lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
7508
7509 /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
7510 the special case of debug info. (See bfd/stabs.c)
7511 Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code. */
7512 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7513 {
7514 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
7515 {
7516 asection *sec;
7517 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
7518 if (f->flags.claimed)
7519 continue;
7520 #endif
7521 for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
7522 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0)
7523 sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
7524 }
7525 }
7526
7527 if (link_info.gc_sections)
7528 bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7529 }
7530
7531 /* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1. */
7532
7533 static void
7534 find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7535 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7536 asection *section,
7537 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7538 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7539 void *data)
7540 {
7541 /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
7542 size. */
7543 if (section->output_section != NULL
7544 && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
7545 && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
7546 && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
7547 && section->size != 0)
7548 {
7549 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section = (bfd_boolean *) data;
7550 *has_relro_section = TRUE;
7551 }
7552 }
7553
7554 /* Iterate over sections for relro sections. */
7555
7556 static void
7557 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
7558 seg_align_type *seg,
7559 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section)
7560 {
7561 if (*has_relro_section)
7562 return;
7563
7564 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7565 {
7566 if (s == seg->relro_end_stat)
7567 break;
7568
7569 switch (s->header.type)
7570 {
7571 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7572 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
7573 find_relro_section_callback,
7574 has_relro_section);
7575 break;
7576 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7577 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
7578 seg, has_relro_section);
7579 break;
7580 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7581 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
7582 seg, has_relro_section);
7583 break;
7584 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7585 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
7586 seg, has_relro_section);
7587 break;
7588 default:
7589 break;
7590 }
7591 }
7592 }
7593
7594 static void
7595 lang_find_relro_sections (void)
7596 {
7597 bfd_boolean has_relro_section = FALSE;
7598
7599 /* Check all sections in the link script. */
7600
7601 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
7602 &expld.dataseg, &has_relro_section);
7603
7604 if (!has_relro_section)
7605 link_info.relro = FALSE;
7606 }
7607
7608 /* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7609
7610 void
7611 lang_relax_sections (bfd_boolean need_layout)
7612 {
7613 if (RELAXATION_ENABLED)
7614 {
7615 /* We may need more than one relaxation pass. */
7616 int i = link_info.relax_pass;
7617
7618 /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass. */
7619 link_info.relax_pass = 0;
7620
7621 while (i--)
7622 {
7623 /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7624 bfd_boolean relax_again;
7625
7626 link_info.relax_trip = -1;
7627 do
7628 {
7629 link_info.relax_trip++;
7630
7631 /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also. If you find
7632 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
7633 pe-dll.c also. DJ */
7634
7635 /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
7636 section sizes. */
7637 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7638
7639 /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
7640 size. */
7641 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7642
7643 /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
7644 globals are, so can make a better guess. */
7645 relax_again = FALSE;
7646 lang_size_sections (&relax_again, FALSE);
7647 }
7648 while (relax_again);
7649
7650 link_info.relax_pass++;
7651 }
7652 need_layout = TRUE;
7653 }
7654
7655 if (need_layout)
7656 {
7657 /* Final extra sizing to report errors. */
7658 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7659 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7660 lang_size_sections (NULL, TRUE);
7661 }
7662 }
7663
7664 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
7665 /* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files. We
7666 place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
7667 first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
7668 object file immediately preceding the archive. In the event
7669 no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
7670 object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
7671 the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
7672 is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
7673 input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
7674 inserted at the head of the file_chain. */
7675
7676 static lang_input_statement_type *
7677 find_replacements_insert_point (bfd_boolean *before)
7678 {
7679 lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
7680 lastobject = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
7681 for (claim1 = (void *) file_chain.head;
7682 claim1 != NULL;
7683 claim1 = claim1->next)
7684 {
7685 if (claim1->flags.claimed)
7686 {
7687 *before = claim1->flags.claim_archive;
7688 return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
7689 }
7690 /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file. */
7691 if (claim1->the_bfd != NULL && claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7692 lastobject = claim1;
7693 }
7694 /* No files were claimed by the plugin. Choose the last object
7695 file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
7696 insert point. */
7697 *before = FALSE;
7698 return lastobject;
7699 }
7700
7701 /* Find where to insert ADD, an archive element or shared library
7702 added during a rescan. */
7703
7704 static lang_input_statement_type **
7705 find_rescan_insertion (lang_input_statement_type *add)
7706 {
7707 bfd *add_bfd = add->the_bfd;
7708 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7709 lang_input_statement_type *last_loaded = NULL;
7710 lang_input_statement_type *before = NULL;
7711 lang_input_statement_type **iter = NULL;
7712
7713 if (add_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
7714 add_bfd = add_bfd->my_archive;
7715
7716 /* First look through the input file chain, to find an object file
7717 before the one we've rescanned. Normal object files always
7718 appear on both the input file chain and the file chain, so this
7719 lets us get quickly to somewhere near the correct place on the
7720 file chain if it is full of archive elements. Archives don't
7721 appear on the file chain, but if an element has been extracted
7722 then their input_statement->next points at it. */
7723 for (f = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
7724 f != NULL;
7725 f = f->next_real_file)
7726 {
7727 if (f->the_bfd == add_bfd)
7728 {
7729 before = last_loaded;
7730 if (f->next != NULL)
7731 return &f->next->next;
7732 }
7733 if (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->next != NULL)
7734 last_loaded = f;
7735 }
7736
7737 for (iter = before ? &before->next : &file_chain.head->input_statement.next;
7738 *iter != NULL;
7739 iter = &(*iter)->next)
7740 if (!(*iter)->flags.claim_archive
7741 && (*iter)->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7742 break;
7743
7744 return iter;
7745 }
7746
7747 /* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
7748 on FIELD as the next-pointer. (Counterintuitively does not need
7749 a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.) */
7750
7751 static void
7752 lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7753 lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
7754 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7755 {
7756 *(srclist->tail) = *field;
7757 *field = srclist->head;
7758 if (destlist->tail == field)
7759 destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
7760 }
7761
7762 /* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
7763 was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST. */
7764
7765 static void
7766 lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7767 lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
7768 {
7769 union lang_statement_union **savetail;
7770 /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST. */
7771 ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
7772 savetail = origlist->tail;
7773 origlist->head = *(savetail);
7774 origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
7775 destlist->tail = savetail;
7776 *savetail = NULL;
7777 }
7778
7779 static lang_statement_union_type **
7780 find_next_input_statement (lang_statement_union_type **s)
7781 {
7782 for ( ; *s; s = &(*s)->header.next)
7783 {
7784 lang_statement_union_type **t;
7785 switch ((*s)->header.type)
7786 {
7787 case lang_input_statement_enum:
7788 return s;
7789 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7790 t = &(*s)->wild_statement.children.head;
7791 break;
7792 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7793 t = &(*s)->group_statement.children.head;
7794 break;
7795 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7796 t = &(*s)->output_section_statement.children.head;
7797 break;
7798 default:
7799 continue;
7800 }
7801 t = find_next_input_statement (t);
7802 if (*t)
7803 return t;
7804 }
7805 return s;
7806 }
7807 #endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
7808
7809 /* Add NAME to the list of garbage collection entry points. */
7810
7811 void
7812 lang_add_gc_name (const char *name)
7813 {
7814 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
7815
7816 if (name == NULL)
7817 return;
7818
7819 sym = stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
7820
7821 sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
7822 sym->name = name;
7823 link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
7824 }
7825
7826 /* Check relocations. */
7827
7828 static void
7829 lang_check_relocs (void)
7830 {
7831 if (link_info.check_relocs_after_open_input)
7832 {
7833 bfd *abfd;
7834
7835 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds;
7836 abfd != (bfd *) NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
7837 if (!bfd_link_check_relocs (abfd, &link_info))
7838 {
7839 /* No object output, fail return. */
7840 config.make_executable = FALSE;
7841 /* Note: we do not abort the loop, but rather
7842 continue the scan in case there are other
7843 bad relocations to report. */
7844 }
7845 }
7846 }
7847
7848 /* Look through all output sections looking for places where we can
7849 propagate forward the lma region. */
7850
7851 static void
7852 lang_propagate_lma_regions (void)
7853 {
7854 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7855
7856 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
7857 os != NULL;
7858 os = os->next)
7859 {
7860 if (os->prev != NULL
7861 && os->lma_region == NULL
7862 && os->load_base == NULL
7863 && os->addr_tree == NULL
7864 && os->region == os->prev->region)
7865 os->lma_region = os->prev->lma_region;
7866 }
7867 }
7868
7869 void
7870 lang_process (void)
7871 {
7872 /* Finalize dynamic list. */
7873 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
7874 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
7875
7876 current_target = default_target;
7877
7878 /* Open the output file. */
7879 lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
7880 init_opb (NULL);
7881
7882 ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
7883
7884 /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line. */
7885 lang_place_undefineds ();
7886
7887 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
7888 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
7889
7890 /* Create a bfd for each input file. */
7891 current_target = default_target;
7892 lang_statement_iteration++;
7893 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7894 /* open_input_bfds also handles assignments, so we can give values
7895 to symbolic origin/length now. */
7896 lang_do_memory_regions ();
7897
7898 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
7899 if (link_info.lto_plugin_active)
7900 {
7901 lang_statement_list_type added;
7902 lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
7903
7904 /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
7905 are any more to be added to the link before we call the
7906 emulation's after_open hook. We create a private list of
7907 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
7908 insert into the global statement list after the first claimed
7909 file. */
7910 added = *stat_ptr;
7911 /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony. */
7912 files = file_chain;
7913 inputfiles = input_file_chain;
7914 if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
7915 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
7916 plugin_error_plugin ());
7917 link_info.lto_all_symbols_read = TRUE;
7918 /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains. */
7919 plugin_undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
7920 open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7921 if (plugin_undefs == link_info.hash->undefs_tail)
7922 plugin_undefs = NULL;
7923 /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added. */
7924 lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
7925 /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists. */
7926 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7927 lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
7928 /* Were any new files added? */
7929 if (added.head != NULL)
7930 {
7931 /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
7932 after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin,
7933 unless that file was an archive in which case it is inserted
7934 immediately before. */
7935 bfd_boolean before;
7936 lang_statement_union_type **prev;
7937 plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point (&before);
7938 /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
7939 don't really have a good idea where to place them. Just putting
7940 them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
7941 outside the crtbegin...crtend range. */
7942 ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
7943 /* Splice the new statement list into the old one. */
7944 prev = &plugin_insert->header.next;
7945 if (before)
7946 {
7947 prev = find_next_input_statement (prev);
7948 if (*prev != (void *) plugin_insert->next_real_file)
7949 {
7950 /* We didn't find the expected input statement.
7951 Fall back to adding after plugin_insert. */
7952 prev = &plugin_insert->header.next;
7953 }
7954 }
7955 lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added, prev);
7956 /* Likewise for the file chains. */
7957 lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
7958 (void *) &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
7959 /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
7960 insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
7961 point chosen is the dummy first input file. */
7962 if (plugin_insert->filename)
7963 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files,
7964 (void *) &plugin_insert->next);
7965 else
7966 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
7967
7968 /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared. */
7969 files = file_chain;
7970 lang_statement_iteration++;
7971 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
7972 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7973 while (files.head != NULL)
7974 {
7975 lang_input_statement_type **insert;
7976 lang_input_statement_type **iter, *temp;
7977 bfd *my_arch;
7978
7979 insert = find_rescan_insertion (&files.head->input_statement);
7980 /* All elements from an archive can be added at once. */
7981 iter = &files.head->input_statement.next;
7982 my_arch = files.head->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive;
7983 if (my_arch != NULL)
7984 for (; *iter != NULL; iter = &(*iter)->next)
7985 if ((*iter)->the_bfd->my_archive != my_arch)
7986 break;
7987 temp = *insert;
7988 *insert = &files.head->input_statement;
7989 files.head = (lang_statement_union_type *) *iter;
7990 *iter = temp;
7991 if (my_arch != NULL)
7992 {
7993 lang_input_statement_type *parent = bfd_usrdata (my_arch);
7994 if (parent != NULL)
7995 parent->next = (lang_input_statement_type *)
7996 ((char *) iter
7997 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next));
7998 }
7999 }
8000 }
8001 }
8002 #endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
8003
8004 /* Make sure that nobody has tried to add a symbol to this list
8005 before now. */
8006 ASSERT (link_info.gc_sym_list == NULL);
8007
8008 link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
8009
8010 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
8011 {
8012 link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
8013
8014 /* entry_symbol is normally initialied by a ENTRY definition in the
8015 linker script or the -e command line option. But if neither of
8016 these have been used, the target specific backend may still have
8017 provided an entry symbol via a call to lang_default_entry().
8018 Unfortunately this value will not be processed until lang_end()
8019 is called, long after this function has finished. So detect this
8020 case here and add the target's entry symbol to the list of starting
8021 points for garbage collection resolution. */
8022 lang_add_gc_name (entry_symbol_default);
8023 }
8024
8025 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.init_function);
8026 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.fini_function);
8027
8028 ldemul_after_open ();
8029 if (config.map_file != NULL)
8030 lang_print_asneeded ();
8031
8032 ldlang_open_ctf ();
8033
8034 bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
8035
8036 /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures. We call this
8037 after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
8038 other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
8039 does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
8040 link. */
8041 lang_check ();
8042
8043 /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so. */
8044 if (command_line.version_exports_section)
8045 lang_do_version_exports_section ();
8046
8047 /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
8048 files. */
8049 ldctor_build_sets ();
8050
8051 /* Give initial values for __start and __stop symbols, so that ELF
8052 gc_sections will keep sections referenced by these symbols. Must
8053 be done before lang_do_assignments below. */
8054 if (config.build_constructors)
8055 lang_init_start_stop ();
8056
8057 /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
8058 collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved. */
8059 lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
8060 expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
8061
8062 /* Size up the common data. */
8063 lang_common ();
8064
8065 /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to. */
8066 lang_gc_sections ();
8067
8068 /* Check relocations. */
8069 lang_check_relocs ();
8070
8071 ldemul_after_check_relocs ();
8072
8073 /* Update wild statements. */
8074 update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
8075
8076 /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
8077 to the correct output sections. */
8078 lang_statement_iteration++;
8079 map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
8080
8081 /* Start at the statement immediately after the special abs_section
8082 output statement, so that it isn't reordered. */
8083 process_insert_statements (&lang_os_list.head->header.next);
8084
8085 ldemul_before_place_orphans ();
8086
8087 /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them. */
8088 lang_place_orphans ();
8089
8090 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
8091 {
8092 asection *found;
8093
8094 /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections. This has to be done after GC of
8095 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
8096 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
8097 is hard then. */
8098 bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
8099
8100 /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it. */
8101 found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
8102
8103 if (found != NULL)
8104 {
8105 if (config.text_read_only)
8106 found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
8107 else
8108 found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
8109 }
8110 }
8111
8112 /* Merge together CTF sections. After this, only the symtab-dependent
8113 function and data object sections need adjustment. */
8114 lang_merge_ctf ();
8115
8116 /* Emit the CTF, iff the emulation doesn't need to do late emission after
8117 examining things laid out late, like the strtab. */
8118 lang_write_ctf (0);
8119
8120 /* Copy forward lma regions for output sections in same lma region. */
8121 lang_propagate_lma_regions ();
8122
8123 /* Defining __start/__stop symbols early for --gc-sections to work
8124 around a glibc build problem can result in these symbols being
8125 defined when they should not be. Fix them now. */
8126 if (config.build_constructors)
8127 lang_undef_start_stop ();
8128
8129 /* Define .startof./.sizeof. symbols with preliminary values before
8130 dynamic symbols are created. */
8131 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
8132 lang_init_startof_sizeof ();
8133
8134 /* Do anything special before sizing sections. This is where ELF
8135 and other back-ends size dynamic sections. */
8136 ldemul_before_allocation ();
8137
8138 /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
8139 section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS. */
8140 lang_record_phdrs ();
8141
8142 /* Check relro sections. */
8143 if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
8144 lang_find_relro_sections ();
8145
8146 /* Size up the sections. */
8147 lang_size_sections (NULL, !RELAXATION_ENABLED);
8148
8149 /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
8150 everything is. This is where relaxation is done. */
8151 ldemul_after_allocation ();
8152
8153 /* Fix any __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbols. */
8154 lang_finalize_start_stop ();
8155
8156 /* Do all the assignments again, to report errors. Assignment
8157 statements are processed multiple times, updating symbols; In
8158 open_input_bfds, lang_do_assignments, and lang_size_sections.
8159 Since lang_relax_sections calls lang_do_assignments, symbols are
8160 also updated in ldemul_after_allocation. */
8161 lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
8162
8163 ldemul_finish ();
8164
8165 /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative. */
8166 ldexp_finalize_syms ();
8167
8168 /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense. */
8169 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
8170 lang_check_section_addresses ();
8171
8172 /* Check any required symbols are known. */
8173 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols ();
8174
8175 lang_end ();
8176 }
8177
8178 /* EXPORTED TO YACC */
8179
8180 void
8181 lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
8182 struct wildcard_list *section_list,
8183 bfd_boolean keep_sections)
8184 {
8185 struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
8186 lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
8187
8188 /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front. */
8189 for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
8190 curr != NULL;
8191 section_list = curr, curr = next)
8192 {
8193 next = curr->next;
8194 curr->next = section_list;
8195 }
8196
8197 if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
8198 {
8199 if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
8200 filespec->name = NULL;
8201 else if (!wildcardp (filespec->name))
8202 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
8203 }
8204
8205 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
8206 new_stmt->filename = NULL;
8207 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = FALSE;
8208 new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
8209 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = NULL;
8210 if (filespec != NULL)
8211 {
8212 new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
8213 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
8214 new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
8215 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = filespec->exclude_name_list;
8216 }
8217 new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
8218 new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
8219 lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
8220 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
8221 }
8222
8223 void
8224 lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
8225 const segment_type *segment)
8226 {
8227 lang_address_statement_type *ad;
8228
8229 ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
8230 ad->section_name = name;
8231 ad->address = address;
8232 ad->segment = segment;
8233 }
8234
8235 /* Set the start symbol to NAME. CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
8236 because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
8237 called by ENTRY in a linker script. Command line arguments take
8238 precedence. */
8239
8240 void
8241 lang_add_entry (const char *name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
8242 {
8243 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
8244 || cmdline
8245 || !entry_from_cmdline)
8246 {
8247 entry_symbol.name = name;
8248 entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
8249 }
8250 }
8251
8252 /* Set the default start symbol to NAME. .em files should use this,
8253 not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
8254 linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point. NAME
8255 must be permanently allocated. */
8256 void
8257 lang_default_entry (const char *name)
8258 {
8259 entry_symbol_default = name;
8260 }
8261
8262 void
8263 lang_add_target (const char *name)
8264 {
8265 lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
8266
8267 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
8268 new_stmt->target = name;
8269 }
8270
8271 void
8272 lang_add_map (const char *name)
8273 {
8274 while (*name)
8275 {
8276 switch (*name)
8277 {
8278 case 'F':
8279 map_option_f = TRUE;
8280 break;
8281 }
8282 name++;
8283 }
8284 }
8285
8286 void
8287 lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
8288 {
8289 lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
8290
8291 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
8292 new_stmt->fill = fill;
8293 }
8294
8295 void
8296 lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
8297 {
8298 lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
8299
8300 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
8301 new_stmt->exp = exp;
8302 new_stmt->type = type;
8303 }
8304
8305 /* Create a new reloc statement. RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
8306 generate. HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
8307 look this up, but the caller has already done so). SECTION is the
8308 section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
8309 symbol to generate a reloc against. Exactly one of SECTION and
8310 NAME must be NULL. ADDEND is an expression for the addend. */
8311
8312 void
8313 lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
8314 reloc_howto_type *howto,
8315 asection *section,
8316 const char *name,
8317 union etree_union *addend)
8318 {
8319 lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
8320
8321 p->reloc = reloc;
8322 p->howto = howto;
8323 p->section = section;
8324 p->name = name;
8325 p->addend_exp = addend;
8326
8327 p->addend_value = 0;
8328 p->output_section = NULL;
8329 p->output_offset = 0;
8330 }
8331
8332 lang_assignment_statement_type *
8333 lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
8334 {
8335 lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
8336
8337 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
8338 new_stmt->exp = exp;
8339 return new_stmt;
8340 }
8341
8342 void
8343 lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
8344 {
8345 new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
8346 }
8347
8348 void
8349 lang_startup (const char *name)
8350 {
8351 if (first_file->filename != NULL)
8352 {
8353 einfo (_("%F%P: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
8354 }
8355 first_file->filename = name;
8356 first_file->local_sym_name = name;
8357 first_file->flags.real = TRUE;
8358 }
8359
8360 void
8361 lang_float (bfd_boolean maybe)
8362 {
8363 lang_float_flag = maybe;
8364 }
8365
8366
8367 /* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
8368 store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
8369
8370 MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
8371 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
8372 LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
8373 statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
8374 had an explicit load address.
8375
8376 It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address. */
8377
8378 static void
8379 lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
8380 lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
8381 const char *memspec,
8382 const char *lma_memspec,
8383 bfd_boolean have_lma,
8384 bfd_boolean have_vma)
8385 {
8386 *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, FALSE);
8387
8388 /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
8389 has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
8390 as well. */
8391 if (lma_memspec != NULL
8392 && !have_vma
8393 && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
8394 *region = *lma_region;
8395 else
8396 *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, FALSE);
8397
8398 if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
8399 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
8400 NULL);
8401 }
8402
8403 void
8404 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
8405 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8406 const char *lma_memspec)
8407 {
8408 lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
8409 &current_section->lma_region,
8410 memspec, lma_memspec,
8411 current_section->load_base != NULL,
8412 current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
8413
8414 current_section->fill = fill;
8415 current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
8416 pop_stat_ptr ();
8417 }
8418
8419 /* Set the output format type. -oformat overrides scripts. */
8420
8421 void
8422 lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
8423 const char *big,
8424 const char *little,
8425 int from_script)
8426 {
8427 if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
8428 {
8429 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
8430 && big != NULL)
8431 format = big;
8432 else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
8433 && little != NULL)
8434 format = little;
8435
8436 output_target = format;
8437 }
8438 }
8439
8440 void
8441 lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
8442 {
8443 lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
8444
8445 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
8446 new_stmt->where = where;
8447 new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
8448 saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
8449 }
8450
8451 /* Enter a group. This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
8452 stat_ptr to build new statements within the group. */
8453
8454 void
8455 lang_enter_group (void)
8456 {
8457 lang_group_statement_type *g;
8458
8459 g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
8460 lang_list_init (&g->children);
8461 push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
8462 }
8463
8464 /* Leave a group. This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
8465 regular list of statements again. Note that this will not work if
8466 groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
8467 but currently they can't. */
8468
8469 void
8470 lang_leave_group (void)
8471 {
8472 pop_stat_ptr ();
8473 }
8474
8475 /* Add a new program header. This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
8476 command in a linker script. */
8477
8478 void
8479 lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
8480 etree_type *type,
8481 bfd_boolean filehdr,
8482 bfd_boolean phdrs,
8483 etree_type *at,
8484 etree_type *flags)
8485 {
8486 struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
8487 bfd_boolean hdrs;
8488
8489 n = stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
8490 n->next = NULL;
8491 n->name = name;
8492 n->type = exp_get_vma (type, 0, "program header type");
8493 n->filehdr = filehdr;
8494 n->phdrs = phdrs;
8495 n->at = at;
8496 n->flags = flags;
8497
8498 hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
8499
8500 for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8501 if (hdrs
8502 && (*pp)->type == 1
8503 && !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
8504 {
8505 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
8506 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
8507 hdrs = FALSE;
8508 }
8509
8510 *pp = n;
8511 }
8512
8513 /* Record the program header information in the output BFD. FIXME: We
8514 should not be calling an ELF specific function here. */
8515
8516 static void
8517 lang_record_phdrs (void)
8518 {
8519 unsigned int alc;
8520 asection **secs;
8521 lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
8522 struct lang_phdr *l;
8523 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8524
8525 alc = 10;
8526 secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
8527 last = NULL;
8528
8529 for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
8530 {
8531 unsigned int c;
8532 flagword flags;
8533 bfd_vma at;
8534
8535 c = 0;
8536 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
8537 os != NULL;
8538 os = os->next)
8539 {
8540 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8541
8542 if (os->constraint < 0)
8543 continue;
8544
8545 pl = os->phdrs;
8546 if (pl != NULL)
8547 last = pl;
8548 else
8549 {
8550 if (os->sectype == noload_section
8551 || os->bfd_section == NULL
8552 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
8553 continue;
8554
8555 /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header. */
8556 if (l->type == 3)
8557 continue;
8558
8559 if (last == NULL)
8560 {
8561 lang_output_section_statement_type *tmp_os;
8562
8563 /* If we have not run across a section with a program
8564 header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
8565 one. This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
8566 behaviour when a script has specified just a single
8567 header and there are sections in that script which are
8568 not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
8569 use of that header. See here for more details:
8570 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html */
8571 for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
8572 if (tmp_os->phdrs)
8573 {
8574 last = tmp_os->phdrs;
8575 break;
8576 }
8577 if (last == NULL)
8578 einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
8579 }
8580 pl = last;
8581 }
8582
8583 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
8584 continue;
8585
8586 for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
8587 {
8588 if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
8589 {
8590 if (c >= alc)
8591 {
8592 alc *= 2;
8593 secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
8594 alc * sizeof (asection *));
8595 }
8596 secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
8597 ++c;
8598 pl->used = TRUE;
8599 }
8600 }
8601 }
8602
8603 if (l->flags == NULL)
8604 flags = 0;
8605 else
8606 flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
8607
8608 if (l->at == NULL)
8609 at = 0;
8610 else
8611 at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
8612
8613 if (!bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
8614 l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
8615 at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
8616 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
8617 }
8618
8619 free (secs);
8620
8621 /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded. */
8622 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
8623 os != NULL;
8624 os = os->next)
8625 {
8626 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8627
8628 if (os->constraint < 0
8629 || os->bfd_section == NULL)
8630 continue;
8631
8632 for (pl = os->phdrs;
8633 pl != NULL;
8634 pl = pl->next)
8635 if (!pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
8636 einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
8637 os->name, pl->name);
8638 }
8639 }
8640
8641 /* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced. */
8642
8643 void
8644 lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8645 {
8646 struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
8647
8648 n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8649 n->next = nocrossref_list;
8650 n->list = l;
8651 n->onlyfirst = FALSE;
8652 nocrossref_list = n;
8653
8654 /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols. */
8655 link_info.notice_all = TRUE;
8656 }
8657
8658 /* Record a section that cannot be referenced from a list of sections. */
8659
8660 void
8661 lang_add_nocrossref_to (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8662 {
8663 lang_add_nocrossref (l);
8664 nocrossref_list->onlyfirst = TRUE;
8665 }
8666 \f
8667 /* Overlay handling. We handle overlays with some static variables. */
8668
8669 /* The overlay virtual address. */
8670 static etree_type *overlay_vma;
8671 /* And subsection alignment. */
8672 static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
8673
8674 /* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far. */
8675 static etree_type *overlay_max;
8676
8677 /* A list of all the sections in this overlay. */
8678
8679 struct overlay_list {
8680 struct overlay_list *next;
8681 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8682 };
8683
8684 static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
8685
8686 /* Start handling an overlay. */
8687
8688 void
8689 lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
8690 {
8691 /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring. */
8692 ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
8693 && overlay_subalign == NULL
8694 && overlay_max == NULL);
8695
8696 overlay_vma = vma_expr;
8697 overlay_subalign = subalign;
8698 }
8699
8700 /* Start a section in an overlay. We handle this by calling
8701 lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
8702 lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions. */
8703
8704 void
8705 lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
8706 {
8707 struct overlay_list *n;
8708 etree_type *size;
8709
8710 lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
8711 0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
8712
8713 /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
8714 sections on this one. This will work correctly even if `.' is
8715 used in the addresses. */
8716 if (overlay_list == NULL)
8717 overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
8718
8719 /* Remember the section. */
8720 n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8721 n->os = current_section;
8722 n->next = overlay_list;
8723 overlay_list = n;
8724
8725 size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
8726
8727 /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address. */
8728 if (overlay_max == NULL)
8729 overlay_max = size;
8730 else
8731 overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
8732 }
8733
8734 /* Finish a section in an overlay. There isn't any special to do
8735 here. */
8736
8737 void
8738 lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
8739 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
8740 {
8741 const char *name;
8742 char *clean, *s2;
8743 const char *s1;
8744 char *buf;
8745
8746 name = current_section->name;
8747
8748 /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
8749 region and that no load-time region has been specified. It doesn't
8750 really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
8751 override it. */
8752 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
8753
8754 /* Define the magic symbols. */
8755
8756 clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
8757 s2 = clean;
8758 for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
8759 if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
8760 *s2++ = *s1;
8761 *s2 = '\0';
8762
8763 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
8764 sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
8765 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8766 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8767 FALSE));
8768
8769 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
8770 sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
8771 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8772 exp_binop ('+',
8773 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8774 exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
8775 FALSE));
8776
8777 free (clean);
8778 }
8779
8780 /* Finish an overlay. If there are any overlay wide settings, this
8781 looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them. */
8782
8783 void
8784 lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
8785 int nocrossrefs,
8786 fill_type *fill,
8787 const char *memspec,
8788 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8789 const char *lma_memspec)
8790 {
8791 lang_memory_region_type *region;
8792 lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
8793 struct overlay_list *l;
8794 lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
8795
8796 lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
8797 memspec, lma_memspec,
8798 lma_expr != NULL, FALSE);
8799
8800 nocrossref = NULL;
8801
8802 /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
8803 overlay region. */
8804 if (overlay_list != NULL)
8805 {
8806 overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
8807 overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
8808 = exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), FALSE);
8809 }
8810
8811 l = overlay_list;
8812 while (l != NULL)
8813 {
8814 struct overlay_list *next;
8815
8816 if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
8817 l->os->fill = fill;
8818
8819 l->os->region = region;
8820 l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
8821
8822 /* The first section has the load address specified in the
8823 OVERLAY statement. The rest are worked out from that.
8824 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
8825 an LMA region was specified. */
8826 if (l->next == 0)
8827 {
8828 l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
8829 l->os->sectype = first_overlay_section;
8830 }
8831 if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
8832 l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
8833
8834 if (nocrossrefs)
8835 {
8836 lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
8837
8838 nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
8839 nc->name = l->os->name;
8840 nc->next = nocrossref;
8841 nocrossref = nc;
8842 }
8843
8844 next = l->next;
8845 free (l);
8846 l = next;
8847 }
8848
8849 if (nocrossref != NULL)
8850 lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
8851
8852 overlay_vma = NULL;
8853 overlay_list = NULL;
8854 overlay_max = NULL;
8855 overlay_subalign = NULL;
8856 }
8857 \f
8858 /* Version handling. This is only useful for ELF. */
8859
8860 /* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
8861 If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
8862 symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match). */
8863
8864 static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8865 lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
8866 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
8867 const char *sym)
8868 {
8869 const char *c_sym;
8870 const char *cxx_sym = sym;
8871 const char *java_sym = sym;
8872 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
8873 enum demangling_styles curr_style;
8874
8875 curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
8876 cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
8877 c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
8878 if (!c_sym)
8879 c_sym = sym;
8880 cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
8881
8882 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8883 {
8884 cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
8885 DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
8886 if (!cxx_sym)
8887 cxx_sym = sym;
8888 }
8889 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8890 {
8891 java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
8892 if (!java_sym)
8893 java_sym = sym;
8894 }
8895
8896 if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
8897 {
8898 struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
8899
8900 switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
8901 {
8902 case 0:
8903 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8904 {
8905 e.pattern = c_sym;
8906 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8907 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8908 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
8909 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8910 goto out_ret;
8911 else
8912 expr = expr->next;
8913 }
8914 /* Fallthrough */
8915 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
8916 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8917 {
8918 e.pattern = cxx_sym;
8919 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8920 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8921 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
8922 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8923 goto out_ret;
8924 else
8925 expr = expr->next;
8926 }
8927 /* Fallthrough */
8928 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
8929 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8930 {
8931 e.pattern = java_sym;
8932 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8933 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8934 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
8935 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8936 goto out_ret;
8937 else
8938 expr = expr->next;
8939 }
8940 /* Fallthrough */
8941 default:
8942 break;
8943 }
8944 }
8945
8946 /* Finally, try the wildcards. */
8947 if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
8948 expr = head->remaining;
8949 else
8950 expr = prev->next;
8951 for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
8952 {
8953 const char *s;
8954
8955 if (!expr->pattern)
8956 continue;
8957
8958 if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
8959 break;
8960
8961 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8962 s = java_sym;
8963 else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8964 s = cxx_sym;
8965 else
8966 s = c_sym;
8967 if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
8968 break;
8969 }
8970
8971 out_ret:
8972 if (c_sym != sym)
8973 free ((char *) c_sym);
8974 if (cxx_sym != sym)
8975 free ((char *) cxx_sym);
8976 if (java_sym != sym)
8977 free ((char *) java_sym);
8978 return expr;
8979 }
8980
8981 /* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
8982 return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed. */
8983
8984 static const char *
8985 realsymbol (const char *pattern)
8986 {
8987 const char *p;
8988 bfd_boolean changed = FALSE, backslash = FALSE;
8989 char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
8990
8991 for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
8992 {
8993 /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
8994 backslash. */
8995 if (backslash)
8996 {
8997 /* Remove the preceding backslash. */
8998 *(s - 1) = *p;
8999 backslash = FALSE;
9000 changed = TRUE;
9001 }
9002 else
9003 {
9004 if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
9005 {
9006 free (symbol);
9007 return NULL;
9008 }
9009
9010 *s++ = *p;
9011 backslash = *p == '\\';
9012 }
9013 }
9014
9015 if (changed)
9016 {
9017 *s = '\0';
9018 return symbol;
9019 }
9020 else
9021 {
9022 free (symbol);
9023 return pattern;
9024 }
9025 }
9026
9027 /* This is called for each variable name or match expression. NEW_NAME is
9028 the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
9029 pattern to be matched against symbol names. */
9030
9031 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
9032 lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
9033 const char *new_name,
9034 const char *lang,
9035 bfd_boolean literal_p)
9036 {
9037 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
9038
9039 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
9040 ret->next = orig;
9041 ret->symver = 0;
9042 ret->script = 0;
9043 ret->literal = TRUE;
9044 ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
9045 if (ret->pattern == NULL)
9046 {
9047 ret->pattern = new_name;
9048 ret->literal = FALSE;
9049 }
9050
9051 if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
9052 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
9053 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
9054 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
9055 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
9056 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
9057 else
9058 {
9059 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
9060 lang);
9061 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
9062 }
9063
9064 return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
9065 }
9066
9067 /* This is called for each set of variable names and match
9068 expressions. */
9069
9070 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
9071 lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
9072 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
9073 {
9074 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
9075
9076 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
9077 ret->globals.list = globals;
9078 ret->locals.list = locals;
9079 ret->match = lang_vers_match;
9080 ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
9081 return ret;
9082 }
9083
9084 /* This static variable keeps track of version indices. */
9085
9086 static int version_index;
9087
9088 static hashval_t
9089 version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
9090 {
9091 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
9092 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
9093
9094 return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
9095 }
9096
9097 static int
9098 version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
9099 {
9100 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
9101 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
9102 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
9103 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
9104
9105 return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
9106 }
9107
9108 static void
9109 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
9110 {
9111 size_t count = 0;
9112 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
9113 struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
9114
9115 for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
9116 {
9117 if (e->literal)
9118 count++;
9119 head->mask |= e->mask;
9120 }
9121
9122 if (count)
9123 {
9124 head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
9125 version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
9126 list_loc = &head->list;
9127 remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
9128 for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
9129 {
9130 next = e->next;
9131 if (!e->literal)
9132 {
9133 *remaining_loc = e;
9134 remaining_loc = &e->next;
9135 }
9136 else
9137 {
9138 void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
9139
9140 if (*loc)
9141 {
9142 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
9143
9144 e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
9145 last = NULL;
9146 do
9147 {
9148 if (e1->mask == e->mask)
9149 {
9150 last = NULL;
9151 break;
9152 }
9153 last = e1;
9154 e1 = e1->next;
9155 }
9156 while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
9157
9158 if (last == NULL)
9159 {
9160 /* This is a duplicate. */
9161 /* FIXME: Memory leak. Sometimes pattern is not
9162 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory. */
9163 /* free (e->pattern); */
9164 free (e);
9165 }
9166 else
9167 {
9168 e->next = last->next;
9169 last->next = e;
9170 }
9171 }
9172 else
9173 {
9174 *loc = e;
9175 *list_loc = e;
9176 list_loc = &e->next;
9177 }
9178 }
9179 }
9180 *remaining_loc = NULL;
9181 *list_loc = head->remaining;
9182 }
9183 else
9184 head->remaining = head->list;
9185 }
9186
9187 /* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
9188 version. */
9189
9190 void
9191 lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
9192 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
9193 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
9194 {
9195 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
9196 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
9197
9198 if (name == NULL)
9199 name = "";
9200
9201 if (link_info.version_info != NULL
9202 && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
9203 {
9204 einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
9205 " with other version tags\n"));
9206 free (version);
9207 return;
9208 }
9209
9210 /* Make sure this node has a unique name. */
9211 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9212 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
9213 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
9214
9215 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
9216 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
9217
9218 /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
9219 aren't any duplicates. */
9220
9221 for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
9222 {
9223 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9224 {
9225 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
9226
9227 if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
9228 {
9229 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9230 htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
9231 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
9232 {
9233 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
9234 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9235 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
9236 e2 = e2->next;
9237 }
9238 }
9239 else if (!e1->literal)
9240 for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
9241 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
9242 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
9243 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9244 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
9245 }
9246 }
9247
9248 for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
9249 {
9250 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9251 {
9252 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
9253
9254 if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
9255 {
9256 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9257 htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
9258 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
9259 {
9260 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
9261 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9262 " in version information\n"),
9263 e1->pattern);
9264 e2 = e2->next;
9265 }
9266 }
9267 else if (!e1->literal)
9268 for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
9269 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
9270 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
9271 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9272 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
9273 }
9274 }
9275
9276 version->deps = deps;
9277 version->name = name;
9278 if (name[0] != '\0')
9279 {
9280 ++version_index;
9281 version->vernum = version_index;
9282 }
9283 else
9284 version->vernum = 0;
9285
9286 for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
9287 ;
9288 *pp = version;
9289 }
9290
9291 /* This is called when we see a version dependency. */
9292
9293 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
9294 lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
9295 {
9296 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
9297 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
9298
9299 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
9300 ret->next = list;
9301
9302 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9303 {
9304 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
9305 {
9306 ret->version_needed = t;
9307 return ret;
9308 }
9309 }
9310
9311 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
9312
9313 ret->version_needed = NULL;
9314 return ret;
9315 }
9316
9317 static void
9318 lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
9319 {
9320 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
9321
9322 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
9323 {
9324 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
9325 char *contents, *p;
9326 bfd_size_type len;
9327
9328 if (sec == NULL)
9329 continue;
9330
9331 len = sec->size;
9332 contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
9333 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
9334 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
9335
9336 p = contents;
9337 while (p < contents + len)
9338 {
9339 greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, FALSE);
9340 p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
9341 }
9342
9343 /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex. */
9344
9345 /* Do not include this section in the link. */
9346 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
9347 }
9348
9349 lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, FALSE);
9350 lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
9351 lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
9352 }
9353
9354 /* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec */
9355
9356 static void
9357 lang_do_memory_regions (void)
9358 {
9359 lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list;
9360
9361 for (; r != NULL; r = r->next)
9362 {
9363 if (r->origin_exp)
9364 {
9365 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp);
9366 if (expld.result.valid_p)
9367 {
9368 r->origin = expld.result.value;
9369 r->current = r->origin;
9370 }
9371 else
9372 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"),
9373 r->name_list.name);
9374 }
9375 if (r->length_exp)
9376 {
9377 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp);
9378 if (expld.result.valid_p)
9379 r->length = expld.result.value;
9380 else
9381 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"),
9382 r->name_list.name);
9383 }
9384 }
9385 }
9386
9387 void
9388 lang_add_unique (const char *name)
9389 {
9390 struct unique_sections *ent;
9391
9392 for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
9393 if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
9394 return;
9395
9396 ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
9397 ent->name = xstrdup (name);
9398 ent->next = unique_section_list;
9399 unique_section_list = ent;
9400 }
9401
9402 /* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one. */
9403
9404 void
9405 lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list **list_p,
9406 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
9407 {
9408 if (*list_p)
9409 {
9410 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
9411 for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
9412 ;
9413 tail->next = (*list_p)->head.list;
9414 (*list_p)->head.list = dynamic;
9415 }
9416 else
9417 {
9418 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
9419
9420 d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
9421 d->head.list = dynamic;
9422 d->match = lang_vers_match;
9423 *list_p = d;
9424 }
9425 }
9426
9427 /* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
9428 one. */
9429
9430 void
9431 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
9432 {
9433 const char *symbols[] =
9434 {
9435 "typeinfo name for*",
9436 "typeinfo for*"
9437 };
9438 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
9439 unsigned int i;
9440
9441 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
9442 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
9443 FALSE);
9444
9445 lang_append_dynamic_list (&link_info.dynamic_list, dynamic);
9446 }
9447
9448 /* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
9449 existing one. */
9450
9451 void
9452 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
9453 {
9454 const char *symbols[] =
9455 {
9456 "operator new*",
9457 "operator delete*"
9458 };
9459 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
9460 unsigned int i;
9461
9462 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
9463 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
9464 FALSE);
9465
9466 lang_append_dynamic_list (&link_info.dynamic_list, dynamic);
9467 }
9468
9469 /* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features. */
9470
9471 void
9472 lang_ld_feature (char *str)
9473 {
9474 char *p, *q;
9475
9476 p = str;
9477 while (*p)
9478 {
9479 char sep;
9480 while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
9481 ++p;
9482 if (!*p)
9483 break;
9484 q = p + 1;
9485 while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
9486 ++q;
9487 sep = *q;
9488 *q = 0;
9489 if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
9490 config.sane_expr = TRUE;
9491 else
9492 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
9493 *q = sep;
9494 p = q;
9495 }
9496 }
9497
9498 /* Pretty print memory amount. */
9499
9500 static void
9501 lang_print_memory_size (bfd_vma sz)
9502 {
9503 if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0)
9504 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u GB", sz >> 30);
9505 else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0)
9506 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u MB", sz >> 20);
9507 else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0)
9508 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u KB", sz >> 10);
9509 else
9510 printf (" %10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u B", sz);
9511 }
9512
9513 /* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage. */
9514
9515 void
9516 lang_print_memory_usage (void)
9517 {
9518 lang_memory_region_type *r;
9519
9520 printf ("Memory region Used Size Region Size %%age Used\n");
9521 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next)
9522 {
9523 bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin;
9524
9525 printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name);
9526 lang_print_memory_size (used_length);
9527 lang_print_memory_size ((bfd_vma) r->length);
9528
9529 if (r->length != 0)
9530 {
9531 double percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length;
9532 printf (" %6.2f%%", percent);
9533 }
9534 printf ("\n");
9535 }
9536 }
This page took 0.249692 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.